summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tabu/tabu.dtx
blob: 511851da3dcc2109b85fad2e034a04edd9baa52b (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
% \iffalse meta-comment
% tabu : 2011/01/19 v2.1 - tabu: flexible LaTeX tabulars]
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
% version. The latest version of this license is in
%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%
% This work consists of the main source file tabu.dtx
% and the derived files
%    tabu.sty, tabu.pdf, tabu.ins
%
% Unpacking:
%    (a) If tabu.ins is present:
%           etex tabu.ins
%    (b) Without tabu.ins:
%           etex tabu.dtx
%    (c) If you insist on using LaTeX
%           latex \let\install=y\input{tabu.dtx}
%        (quote the arguments according to the demands of your shell)
%
% Documentation:
%           (pdf)latex tabu.dtx
% lppl copyright 2010-2011 by FC <florent.chervet@free.fr>
%<*ignore>
\begingroup
  \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
\expandafter\endgroup
\ifcase 0\ifx\install y1\fi\expandafter
         \ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi
         \ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi\relax
\else\csname fi\endcsname
%</ignore>
%<*install>
\input docstrip.tex
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\Msg{* Installation}
\Msg{* Package: 2011/01/26 v2.1 - tabu: Flexible LaTeX tabulars}
\Msg{************************************************************************}

\keepsilent
\askforoverwritefalse

\let\MetaPrefix \relax
\preamble

This is a generated file.

tabu : 2011/01/19 v2.1 - tabu : Flexible LaTeX tabulars

*******************************************************
\string\begin{tabu} to     <dimen>{ preamble }
\string\begin{tabu} spread <dimen>{ preamble }


Default target: \string\linewidth or \string\linegoal:

\string\tabulinesep=2pt

\string\begin{tabu}   { |[3pt red] X[4c] X[1c] X[-2ml] |[3pt blue] }
   \string\tabucline[3pt on 2pt, cyan]-
   one & two & three
   \string\\ \string\tabucline[3pt yellow]-
\string\end{tabu}
*******************************************************

This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
version. The latest version of this license is in
   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt

This work consists of the main source file tabu.dtx
and the derived files
   tabu.sty, tabu.pdf, tabu.ins

tabu : Flexible LaTeX tabulars
lppl copyright 2010-2011 by FC <florent.chervet@free.fr>

\endpreamble
\let\MetaPrefix \DoubleperCent

\generate{%
   \file{tabu.ins}{\from{tabu.dtx}{install}}%
   \file{tabu.sty}{\from{tabu.dtx}{package}}%
}

\askforoverwritefalse
\generate{%
   \file{tabu.drv}{\from{tabu.dtx}{driver}}%
}

\obeyspaces
\Msg{************************************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following}
\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{*     tabu.sty}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file `tabu.dtx'}
\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{************************************************************************}

\endbatchfile
%</install>
%<*ignore>
\fi
%</ignore>
%<*driver>
\edef\thisfile{\jobname}
\def\thisinfo{Flexible \LaTeX{} tabulars (\FC)}
\def\thisdate{2011/01/19}
\def\thisversion{2.1}
\def\CTANbaseurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex}
\def\CTANdisplay{CTAN:macros/latex}
\makeatletter\protected\def\CTANhref{\@ifstar\CTANhrefstar\CTANhrefnost}\makeatother
\newcommand*\CTANhrefstar[3][/contrib/]{\href{\CTANbaseurl#1#2}{#3}}
\newcommand*\CTANhrefnost[2][/contrib/]{\href{\CTANbaseurl#1#2}{\nolinkurl{\CTANdisplay#1#2}}}
\let\loadclass\LoadClass
\def\LoadClass#1{\loadclass[abstracton]{scrartcl}\let\scrmaketitle\maketitle\AtEndOfClass{\let\maketitle\scrmaketitle}}
\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}
\PassOptionsToPackage{hyperfootnotes}{hyperref}
\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{ltxdoc}
\AtBeginDocument{
   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
   \csname @ifpackagelater\endcsname{interfaces}{2011/01/19}{}
      {\PackageError{tabu-pdf-documentation}
         {interfaces must be later\MessageBreak
          than 2011/01/19 to compile this\MessageBreak
          documentation. Please update your packages}\@ehd}}
\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{etoolbox,geometry,graphicx,xcolor,lastpage,lmodern,bbding,hologo,relsize,moresize,manfnt,pifont,xspace,numprint,amsmath}
\usepackage[official]{eurosym}
\usepackage[expansion=all,stretch=20,shrink=60]{microtype}
\usepackage{tocloft,titlesec,hypbmsec,fancyhdr,enumitem,multirow,makecell,booktabs,delarray,ragged2e,colortbl,marginnote,shapepar,needspace}
\heavyrulewidth=.7pt
\usepackage{holtxdoc,bookmark}
\usepackage{longtable}
\usepackage{tabularx}\tracingtabularx
\usepackage{enumitem-zref}
\usepackage[verbose]{linegoal}[2010/12/07]
\usepackage{interfaces}[2011/01/19]
\usetikz{basic,chains,positioning}
\usepackage{embedfile}
\RequirePackage{amsopn,amsmath}% \DeclareMathOperator
\RequirePackage[a]{esvect}% for vectors
\DeclareMathOperator*\Div{div}
\DeclareMathOperator*\Rot{\vv{\text{rot}}}
\newrobustcmd*\dpartial[2]{\displaystyle\genfrac{}{}{}{}{\partial\mkern.2\thinmuskip#1}{\partial\mkern.2\thinmuskip#2}}
\newrobustcmd*\dtotal[2]{\displaystyle\genfrac{}{}{}{}{\text d\mkern.2\thinmuskip#1}{\text d\mkern.2\thinmuskip#2}}
\usepackage{expl3,l3keys2e,siunitx}
\usepackage{xfrac}
\csname endofdump\endcsname
\CodelineNumbered
\usepackage{fancyvrb}\fvset{gobble=1,listparameters={\topsep=0pt}}
\usepackage[linegoal]{tabu}\tracingtabu=2
\tabulinestyle{dash=\hbox{$\mkern2mu\scriptscriptstyle\cdotp\mkern2mu$}}
\lastlinefit999
\geometry{top=0pt,includeheadfoot,headheight=.6cm,headsep=.6cm,bottom=.6cm,footskip=.5cm,left=4cm,right=1.5cm}
\hypersetup{%
  pdftitle={tabu},
  pdfsubject={a simple line parser for TeX},
  pdfauthor={Florent CHERVET},
  colorlinks,linkcolor=reflink,urlcolor=CornflowerBlue,
  pdfstartview=FitH,pdfpagemode=UseOutlines,
  pdfkeywords={tex, e-tex, latex, package, tabular, array, halign, tabularx, longtable, color, colortbl, alignment},
  }
\embedfile{\thisfile.dtx}
\begin{document}
   \DocInput{\thisfile.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{5239}
%
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\begin,\CodelineIndex,\CodelineNumbered,\def,\DisableCrossrefs,\~,\@ifpackagelater,\z@,\@ne,\@@}
% \DoNotIndex{\DocInput,\documentclass,\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\GetFileInfo,\TMP@EnsureCode}
% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\OnlyDescription,\RecordChanges,\usepackage}
% \DoNotIndex{\ProvidesClass,\ProvidesPackage,\ProvidesFile,\RequirePackage}
% \DoNotIndex{\filename,\fileversion,\filedate,\let}
% \DoNotIndex{\@listctr,\@nameuse,\csname,\else,\endcsname,\expandafter}
% \DoNotIndex{\gdef,\global,\if,\item,\newcommand,\nobibliography,\newrobustcmd,\renewrobustcmd,\providerobustcmd}
% \DoNotIndex{\par,\providecommand,\relax,\renewcommand,\renewenvironment}
% \DoNotIndex{\stepcounter,\usecounter,\nocite,\fi}
% \DoNotIndex{\@fileswfalse,\@gobble,\@ifstar,\@unexpandable@protect}
% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndDocument,\begingroup,\endgroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\frenchspacing,\MessageBreak,\newif,\PackageWarningNoLine,\@addtopreamble,\@depth,\@height,\@width,\@firstofone,\@frameb@x,\@lastchclass,\@M,\m,\@nextchar,\@startpbox}
% \DoNotIndex{\protect,\string,\xdef,\ifx,\texttt,\@biblabel,\bibitem,\@tempa,\{,\},\^,\ ,\DeclareOption,\CT@end,\CT@arc@,\count@,\col@sep,\endgraf,\dimexpr,\fbox,\fboxsep,\g@addto@macro}
% \DoNotIndex{\z@,\wd,\vrule,\voidb@x,\verb,\bibitem,\NC@rewrite@,\NC@list,\NC@do,\NC@,\nobreak,\number,\showbox,\tabu@AtEnd,\tabu@getnbc@ls,\tabu@s@nitizetext}
% \DoNotIndex{\FrameCommand,\MakeFramed,\FrameRestore,\hskip,\hfil,\hfill,\hsize,\hspace,\hss,\hbox,\hb@xt@,\endMakeFramed,\escapechar,\tabu@s@veX,\tabu@sett@rget,\tabu@stack}
% \DoNotIndex{\do,\date,\if@tempswa,\@tempdima,\@tempboxa,\@tempswatrue,\@tempswafalse,\ifdefined,\ifhmode,\ifmmode,\cr}
% \DoNotIndex{\box,\author,\advance,\multiply,\Command,\outer,\next,\leavevmode,\kern,\title,\toks@,\trcg@where,\tt}
% \DoNotIndex{\the,\width,\star,\space,\section,\subsection,\textasteriskcentered,\textwidth,\stform}
% \DoNotIndex{\",\:,\@empty,\@for,\@gtempa,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@tempa,\@testopt,\@width,\\,\m@ne,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
% \DoNotIndex{\maketitle,\parindent,\x,\kernel@ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\DefineShortVerb,\DeleteShortVerb,\UndefineShortVerb,\MakeShortVerb,\endinput,\@eha,\@ehd,\@nil,\@nnil,\@ifundefined,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\tracingtabu,\@ne,\tw@,\m@ne,\z@skip}
% \makeatletter
% \newrobustcmd\ClearPage{\@ifstar\clearpage{}}
% \providecommand\lsstyle{}
% \makeatletter
% \catcode`\§ \active   \def§{\@ifnextchar §{\par\nobreak\vskip-2\parskip}{\par\nobreak\vskip-\parskip}}
% \def\thispackage{\xpackage{{\pkgcolor\thisfile}}\Xspace}
% \def\Xpackage#1{\href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/#1.html}{\xpackage{#1}}}
% \def\Underbrace#1_#2{$\underbrace{\vtop to2ex{}\hbox{#1}}_{\footnotesize\hbox{#2}}$}
%\def\FV@DefineCommandChars #1#2#3{%
%   \edef\FV@restoreCommandChars{%
%      \catcode`#1\the\catcode`#1\relax
%      \catcode`#2\the\catcode`#2\relax
%      \catcode`#3\the\catcode`#3\relax}%
%   \def \FV@CommandChars {\catcode `#1=0\relax \catcode `#2=1\relax \catcode `#3=2\relax }%
%   \output\expandafter{\expandafter\FV@restoreCommandChars\the\output}%
%}
% \parindent\z@\parskip.4\baselineskip\topsep\parskip\partopsep\z@\leftmargini=2.5cm
% \widowpenalty=5000\clubpenalty=8000
% \newrobustcmd*\macrocodecolor{\color{macrocode}}\definecolor{macrocode}{rgb}{0.05,0.02,0.07}
% \def\macro@font{\changefont{fam=lmtt,size-=1pt,color=macrocode,spread=1}\let\AltMacroFont\macro@font}
% \def\MacroFont{\changefont{fam=lmtt,color=macrocode}}
% \def\texorpdf#1#2{\texorpdfstring{#1{#2}}{#2}}
% \let\ltxthinspace\, \def\,{\texorpdfstring\ltxthinspace{}}
% \def\textitbf#1{\textbf{\itshape#1}}\let\textbfit\textitbf
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{VerbLines}{Verbatim}{frame=lines,framesep=6pt,fontfamily=\ttdefault,fontseries=m}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{VerbLines*}{Verbatim}{frame=lines,framesep=6pt,fontfamily=\ttdefault,fontseries=m,commandchars=$()}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Verb}{Verbatim}{fontfamily=\ttdefault,fontseries=m}
% \DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Verb*}{Verbatim}{fontfamily=\ttdefault,fontseries=m,commandchars=$()}
% \renewrobustcmd*\mathversion[1]{^^A
%  \expandafter\ifx\csname mv@#1\endcsname\relax
%     \@latex@error{Math version `#1' is not defined}\@eha
%  \else \edef\math@version{#1}\gdef\glb@currsize{}\aftergroup\glb@settings
%        \ifmmode \check@mathfonts \fi
%  \fi
% }
% \newcommand*\ifcurrentenvir[1]{\expandafter\ifx\csname\@currenvir\expandafter\endcsname\csname#1\endcsname
%  \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
% \newcommand*\currentenvirname{\@currenvir}
% \newrobustcmd*\OR{{\,\upshape\texttbf\textbar\,}}
% \newrobustcmd*\CheckOK{{\scriptsize\textcolor{ForestGreen}\CheckmarkBold}}
% \newrobustcmd*\CheckFAIL{{\scriptsize\textcolor{Crimson}\XSolidBrush}}
% \newcommand\tikzlabel[2][]{\tikz[{remember picture,#1}]\coordinate ({#2});\ignorespaces}
% \tabuDisableCommands{\let\tikzlabel \@gobble}
% \newlist{itempunct}{itemize}{1}
% \setlist[itempunct]{nolistsep,font=\smaller,leftmargin=1.7em,label=\textbullet}
% \def\smex{\leavevmode\hb@xt@2em{\hfil$\longrightarrow$\hfil}}
% \def\ttdefault{lmvtt}
% \renewrobustcmd\#[1]{{\usefont{T1}{pcr}{bx}{n}\char`\##1}}
% \renewrobustcmd*\cs[2][]{\mbox{\ttfamily#1\expandafter\@gobble\string\\#2}}
% \newrobustcmd*\csbf[2][]{\textbf{\cs[{#1}]{#2}}}
% \newrobustcmd\textttbf[1]{\textbf{\texttt{#1}}}
% \newrobustcmd*\blue{\color{blue}}\newcommand*\red{\color{dr}}\newcommand*\green{\color{green}}\newcommand\rred{\color{red}}
% \newrobustcmd*\FC[1][\color{copper}]{{#1\usefont{T1}{fts}xn FC}}
% \colorlet{pkgcolor}{teal} \def\pkgcolor{\texorpdfstring{\color{pkgcolor}}{}}
% \definecolor{copper}{rgb}{0.67,0.33,0.00}  \newcommand\copper{\color{copper}}
% \definecolor{dg}{rgb}{0.02,0.29,0.00}      \newcommand\dg{\color{dg}}
% \definecolor{db}{rgb}{0,0,0.502}           \newcommand\db{\color{db}}
% \definecolor{dr}{rgb}{0.75,0.00,0.00}      \let\dr\red
% \definecolor{lk}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.25}      \newrobustcmd\lk{\color{lk}}
% \definecolor{llk}{rgb}{0.40,0.40,0.40}
% \newrobustcmd\bk{\color{black}}\newcommand\md{\mdseries}
% \newrobustcmd\ie{\emph{ie.}}
% \newcommand\textt[1]{\texorpdf\texttt{#1}}
% \newrobustcmd\texttbf[2][]{\texttt{\bfseries#1#2}}
% \newcommand\cellstrut{}\let\cellstrut\bottopstrut
% \newrobustcmd\etc{{\bk\emph{etc.}}}
% \def\M{\@ifstar{\M@i\@firstofone}{\M@i\meta}}
% \def\M@i#1{\@ifnextchar[^^A]
%   {\M@square#1}
%   {\@ifnextchar(^^A)
%     {\M@paren#1}
%     {\M@brace#1}}^^A
% }
% \def\M@square#1[#2]{\M@Bracket[{#1{#2}}]}
% \def\M@paren#1(#2){\M@Bracket({#1{#2}})}
% \def\M@brace#1#2{\M@Bracket\{{#1{#2}}\}}
% \def\M@Bracket#1#2#3{{\ttfamily#1#2#3}}
% \newrobustcmd*\thisyear{\begingroup
%    \def\thisyear##1/##2\@nil{\endgroup
%       \oldstylenums{\ifnum##1=2010\else 2010\,\textendash\,\fi ##1}^^A
%    }\expandafter\thisyear\thisdate\@nil
% }
% \renewrobustcmd\declcs[2][]{^^A
%   \if@nobreak \par\nobreak
%   \else \par\addvspace\parskip
%         \Needspace{.08\textheight}\fi
%   \noindent\changefont{size+=2.5pt,spread=1,fam=\ttdefault}^^A
%   \newcommand*\csanchor[2][]{\raisedhyperdef[14pt]{declcs}{##2}{\cs[{##1}]{##2}}}^^A
%   \hspace{-\leftmargini}^^A
%   \def\*{\unskip\,\texttt{*}}^^A
%   \begin{tabu}{|l|}^^A
%     \hline
%     \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\csname #2\endcsname
%     \csanchor[{#1}]{#2}^^A
% }^^A
% \renewcommand\enddeclcs{%
%     \crcr \hline
%     \end{tabu}%
%     \nobreak   \par  \nobreak
%     \noindent
%     \ignorespacesafterend
%  }
% \newrobustcmd*\csref[2][]{\hyperref{}{declcs}{#2}{\cs[{#1}]{#2}}}
% \def\declmargin{\hspace*{\declmarginwidth}}
% \def\declmarginwidth{\dimexpr-\leftmargini+\arrayrulewidth+\tabcolsep}
% \pretocmd\textasteriskcentered{\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}mn}{}{}
% \newrobustcmd*\abs[1]{\left\lvert#1\right\rvert}
%
% \bookmarksetup{open=true,openlevel=2}
% \pagesetup{%
%  head/rule/width=.0pt,
%  left/offset=3cm,foot/left/offset+=.5cm,right/offset=1cm,
%  head/font=\scriptsize,
%  head/color=LightSteelBlue,
%  head/left=\moveleft1cm\vbox to\z@{\vss\setbox0=\null\ht0=\z@\wd0=\paperwidth\dp0=\headheight\rlap{\colorbox{GhostWhite}{\box0}}}\vskip-\headheight\thispackage,
%  head/right=Flexible \LaTeX{} tabulars,
%  foot/font=\lk\scriptsize,
%  foot/left=\vbox to\baselineskip{\vss{{\rotatebox[origin=l]{90}{\thispackage\,[rev.\thisversion]\,\copyright\,\thisyear\,\lower.4ex\hbox{\pkgcolor\NibRight}\,\FC}}}},
%  foot/right=\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}} / \oldstylenums{\pageref{LastPage}}%
%  }
% \pagesetup[plain]{%
%  norules,font=\scriptsize,
%  foot/right=\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}} / \oldstylenums{\pageref{LastPage}},
%  left/offset=3cm,foot/left/offset+=.5cm,right/offset=1cm,
%  foot/left=\vbox to\baselineskip{\vss{{\rotatebox[origin=l]{90}{\thispackage\,[rev.\thisversion]\,\copyright\,\thisyear\,\lower.4ex\hbox{\pkgcolor\NibRight}\,\FC\quad \xemail{florent.chervet at free.fr}}}}},
% }
% \pagestyle{fancy}
% \bottomtitles=.15\textheight
% \sectionformat\section{
%        mark=\marksthe{section}{#1},
%        left=\declmarginwidth,
%        top=\medskipamount,
%        bottom=\smallskipamount,
%        font=\normalfont\Large\bfseries,
%        bookmark={bold,color=[rgb]{0.02,0.05,.2}},
%        break=\goodbreak}
% \sectionformat\subsection{%
%     top=\medskipamount,
%     bottom=.5\smallskipamount,
%     left=.5\declmarginwidth,
%     bookmark={color=[rgb]{0.02,0.05,.1}},
%     font=\normalfont\Large\bfseries,
%     break=\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}}
% \sectionformat\subsubsection{
%     bookmark={italic=false,color=lk},
%     font=\normalfont\large\bfseries\lk,
%     label=,
%     top=\medskipamount,
%     bottom=.5\smallskipamount,
%     break=\addpenalty{-\@medpenalty}}
% \setitemize{itemsep=\parskip,topsep=0pt,labelsep=1em,parsep=0pt,beginpenalty=10000}
% \tikzset{every picture/.add style={}{/utils/exec=\changefont{spread=1}}}
% \newrobustcmd*\IMPLEMENTATION{%
%     \newgeometry{top=0.8cm,headheight=.5cm,headsep=.3cm,bottom=1.2cm,footskip=.5cm,left=5cm,right=.5cm}
%     \pagesetup*{
%        left/offset+=1cm,right/offset-=1cm,
%        head/left=\moveleft1cm\vbox to\z@{\vss\setbox0=\null\ht0=\z@\wd0=\paperwidth\dp0=\headheight\rlap{\colorbox{GhostWhite}{\box0}}}\vskip-\headheight t\,a\,b\,u\,\ \ i\,m\,p\,l\,e\,m\,e\,n\,t\,a\,t\,i\,o\,n,
%      }%
%     \clearpage
%     \tocsetup{depth-=1}
%     \sectionformat\section{bookmark/color=black}\sectionformat\subsection{bookmark/color=black}
%     \bookmarksetup{bold*,openlevel=3} \hfuzz=3mm
%     \section(Implementation)[\mdseries\scshape\pmb{Implementation}]{Implementation} \label{sec:implementation}}
% \let\plainllap\llap
% \newrobustcmd\macro@llap[1]{\global\let\llap\plainllap\setbox0\hbox{#1}^^A
%  \ifdim\wd0>4.4cm\hbox to\z@{\hss\hbox to4.4cm{#1\hss}}^^A
%        \edef\@tempa{\the\everypar\hskip\dimexpr\the\wd0-4.4cm\relax\global\everypar{}}%
%            \global\everypar\expandafter{\@tempa}^^A
%  \else\hbox to\z@{\hss#1}\fi
%  \setbox\z@\box\voidb@x}
% \pretocmd\macro{\if@nobreak\else\Needspace{2\baselineskip}\fi
%           \MacrocodeTopsep\z@skip \MacroTopsep\z@skip \parsep\z@ \topsep\z@ \itemsep\z@ \partopsep\z@
%           \let\llap\macro@llap}{}{}
% \apptocmd\endmacro{\goodbreak\vskip.3\parskip}{}{}
%
% \colorlet{reflink}{DarkSlateBlue}
% \newrobustcmd*\stform{\ifincsname\else\expandafter\@stform\fi}
% \newrobustcmd*\@stform{\@ifnextchar*{\@@stform[]\textasteriskcentered\@gobble}\@@stform}
% \newrobustcmd*\@@stform[2][\string]{\textttbf{#1#2}\Xspace}
% \newrobustcmd\Xspace{\ifnum\catcode`\ =\active\else\expandafter\xspace\fi}
%
% \makeatother
%
% \deffootnote{1em}{0pt}{\rlap{\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}}\kern1em}
%
% \title{\vspace*{-28pt}\href{http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tabu.html}{\HUGE\bfseries\sffamily t\,a\,b\,u}\vspace*{6pt}}
% \AtBeginShipoutNext{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft{%
% \tikz[remember picture,overlay]{
%  \coordinate (upper west) at (current page.north west);
%  \coordinate (upper east) at (current page.north east);
%  \node at ($(upper west)+(3cm,-4.5cm)$) [semitransparent,anchor=north west,rotate=30] {
%        \begin{tabu}to 5cm{*4{|>{\smaller\noindent\pkgcolor}X[c$]}|} \tabucline-
%        1 & 2 & 3 & 4 \\ \tabucline-
%        5 & 6 & 7 \\ \tabucline{-3}
%        8 & 9 \\ \tabucline{-2}
%        10 \\ \tabucline{-1}
%        \end{tabu}};
%  \node at ($(upper east)+(-.5cm,-4cm)$) [semitransparent,anchor=north east,rotate=-35] {
%        \begin{tabu}to 5cm{*4{|>{\smaller\noindent\pkgcolor}X[$c]}|} \tabucline{4-}
%        \multicolumn3{c|}{} & \alpha \\ \tabucline{3-}
%        \multicolumn2{c|}{} & \beta & \gamma \\ \tabucline{2-}
%        \multicolumn1{c|}{} & \delta & \epsilon & \zeta \\ \tabucline{-}
%        \eta & \theta & \iota & \kappa \\ \tabucline-
%        \end{tabu}};
% }}}
%
% \date{}
% \author{\small\thisdate~--~\hyperref[\thisversion]{version \thisversion}}
% \subtitle{\begin{tabu}{X[c]} tabu\, and\, longtabu \\[1ex] \LARGE Flexible \LaTeX{} tabulars\\ \small\FC \end{tabu}\vspace*{-12pt}}
% \maketitle
%
% {\makeatletter\let\@thefnmark\@empty\let\@makefntext\@firstofone
% \footnotetext{\noindent\parskip=0pt\scriptsize
% This documentation is produced with the \textt{DocStrip} utility, and required \thispackage with its \textt{linegoal} option.\par
% \begin{tabu}{X[-3]X[-1]X}
% \smex To get the package,                   &run:          &\texttt{etex \thisfile.dtx}                  \\
% \smex To get the documentation              &run (thrice): &\textt{pdflatex \thisfile.dtx}               \\
% \leavevmode\hphantom\smex To get the index, &run:          &\texttt{makeindex -s gind.ist \thisfile.idx}
% \end{tabu}§
% The \xext{dtx} file is embedded into this pdf file thank to \Xpackage{embedfile} by H. Oberdiek.}
% }
%
% \deffootnote{1em}{0pt}{\rlap{\thefootnotemark.}\kern1em}
%
% {\let\quotation\relax\let\endquotation\relax\vspace*{-1cm}%
% \begin{abstract}\parskip\smallskipamount\parindent0pt\lastlinefit0\leftskip.2cm\rightskip\leftskip
%
% This package defines a single environment \textt{tabu} to make all kinds of tabulars in text or in math mode
% provided that they do not split across pages.
%
% Starting from version 1.5, the environment \textt{longtabu} is provided to make tabulars that can stretch out
% on several pages. \textt{longtabu} works like \textt{tabu} and is defined only if the package
% \Xpackage{longtable} is loaded.
%
% \textt{tabu} is more flexible that \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabular*}, \textt{tabularx}
% and \textt{array} and extends the possibilities.  All tabulars in this document were made
% with the \textt{tabu} environment. Widths computations for \textt{tabu X} columns is
% \refitem{item:convergence optimisation}[optimised] compared to \Xpackage{tabularx} implementation.
% Last (but not least) \textt{tabu} is fully compatible with any package that provides commands
% to format tabulars. Indeed, \textt{tabu} does not modify any of the macros of \xfile{array.sty}.
%
% \thispackage requires \eTeX{} and the standard package \xfile{array.sty}. Natural widths of columns
% are computed by (but not printed by) the code of \Xpackage{varwidth} by D. Arseneau (for the cases of
% \hyperref[X columns with tabu spread]{\textt X columns in \textt{tabu spread}} and
% \refitem{tabu X columns,2}[negativ width coefficients]\footnote{The documentation is compiled with
% \hyperref[enumitem-zref]{\xpackage{enumitem-zref}}}). Finally \textt{longtabu} is based on \textt{longtable}.
%
% \end{abstract}}
%
% \makeatletter \enlargethispage\baselineskip
% \tocsetup{
%     depth=3,
%     dot=$\scriptscriptstyle\ldotp$,
%     dotsep=1mu,
%     title/top=8pt plus2pt minus4pt,
%     title/bottom=6pt,
%     title=Contents\quad\leaders\vrule height3.1pt depth-3pt\hfill\null,
%     bookmark={text=Contents,bold},
%     after=\leavevmode\hrule height3.1pt depth-3pt,
%     twocolumns=false,
%     section/skip=4pt plus2pt minus2pt,
%     section/leaders=\leaders\hbox{$\m@th\mkern1mu\hbox{$\mathbf\ldotp$}\mkern1mu$}\hfill,
%     section/dotsep,
%     subsection/skip=0pt plus2pt minus 2pt,
%     subsubsection/font=\slshape,
%     subsubsection/pagenumbers=off,
%     subsubsection/skip-=1pt,subsubsection/numwidth-=4pt,
% }\makeatother
%
% {%
%  \hypersetup{linkcolor=black}
%  \tableofcontents
% }
%
% \clearpage
% \begingroup
% ^^A\geometry{top=0pt,includeheadfoot,headheight=.6cm,headsep=.6cm,bottom=.6cm,footskip=.5cm,left=4cm,right=1.5cm}
% \newgeometry{top=0pt,includeheadfoot,headheight=.6cm,headsep=.6cm,bottom=.6cm,footskip=.5cm,left=1.5cm,right=1cm}
% \pagesetup*{left/offset-=2.5cm,right/offset-=.5cm}
%
% \changefont{spread*=1.1}
% \phantomsection \label{Summary}
% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Summary of the features provided by \textt{\pkgcolor t\,a\,b\,u}}
% \def\arraystretch{1}\enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}\vspace*{-9mm}
% \tabcolsep=3pt
% \begin{tabu}{>{\ttfamily\bfseries}X[-1]X} \toprule
% \rowfont{\larger\bfseries\lsstyle}
% \multicolumn2c{Summary of the features provided by \,{\sffamily\pkgcolor t\,a\,b\,u}} \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \hyperref[tabu.sec]{tabu} &
%    is like \textt{tabular} in text mode and like \textt{array} \hyperref[math mode.sec]{in math mode} when there is no
%    \textt X column in its preamble
% \\
% \hyperref[longtabu.sec]{longtabu} &
%    is like \textt{longtable} with the possibility to use \textt{tabu X} columns and vertical lines
%    with the extended syntax.
% \\
% \hyperref[Vertical lines]{\texttbf\textbar[width,color]} &
%    vertical lines have an optional parameter.
% \\
% \M*{tabu} to \meta{dimen} &
%    specifies the target width of the whole tabular. This is like \textt{tabular\textasteriskcentered}\,
%    with an automatic stretchability that can be overwritten with \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\M*{dimen}}}
%    in front of the preamble.
% \\
% \M*{tabu} spread \meta{dimen} &
%    has no equivalent in \LaTeX: the final width is \meta{dimen} wider than the
%    natural width that can be obtained with \textt{spread 0pt}.
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \hyperref[tabu X columns]{X[coef,align,type]} \par X[coef,align,type,\$] &
%    \textt X columns widths are adjusted in order for the whole tabular to fit the
%    target width. The target width is a dimension either:
%    \begin{itempunct}[label=\ding{223}]
%    \item directly specified with \textt{\M*{tabu} to\meta{dimen}}
%    \item computed from the natural width: \textt{\M*{tabu} spread\meta{dimen}}
%    \item by default \cs{linewidth} (or \cs{linegoal} with the \hyperref[subsec:linegoal package option]{\textt{linegoal} package option}).
%    \end{itempunct}
%    \textt{coef} scales the widths of the \textt X columns, if there are more than one \textt X column. \par
%    \textt{align} is either \textt r, \textt c, \textt l\, or\, \textt j\, (or \hyperref{}{declcs}{rowfont}{\textt{R C L J}})
%                                                     and \textt{type}\, can be \textt p (default), \textt m\, or\, \textt b.\par
%    \textt{X[\$]}\, makes a math \textt X column (\ie \textt{>\M*{\$}X<\M*{\$}})
% \\
% \refitem{tabu X columns,2}[{X[$-$coef,align,type]}] &
%    \textt X columns widths are first computed with the absolute value: $\mathversion{bold}\abs{\textt{coef}}$.\par
%    Then the width is made narrower down to the natural width of the column if possible.\par
%    In any case, the final width does not exceed the one obtained with \textt{X$\mathversion{bold}\left[\abs{\textt{coef}}\right]$}. \par
%    The final \textt{tabu} can be narrower than its \textt{target} if:
%    \begin{itempunct}
%    \item all \textt{coefs} are negativ,\, and
%    \item no target has been specified (\ie the default target is used).
%    \end{itempunct}
%    In this case, \textt{tabu} behaves as if it was said:\, \textt{\M*{tabu} spread 0pt}.
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{everyrow}\M*{code} & Allows to add horizontal lines automatically for every row.\par
%                             The settings can be changed inside the \textt{tabu}
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{rowfont}\M*[align]\M*{font spec} &
%    Modify the font and optionally the alignment of each cell in one row.
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{tabulinesep}$=$\meta{dimen} &
%    More control on vertical spacing of lines in a way very close to \Xpackage{cellspace}.
% \\
% \csref{extrarowsep}$=$\meta{dimen} &
%    In addition to \cs{extrarowheight}, \thispackage provides \cs{extrarowdepth}.
%    But \csref{tabulinesep} generally gives better results.
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{savetabu}\M*{user-name} &
%    Saves the \textt{tabu} preamble and its parameters. \par
%    The command must appear at the end of a line: after \string\\\ or \cs{hline}.
% \\
% \csref{usetabu}\M*{user-name} &
%    Makes a \textt{tabu} of exactly the same shape as the one saved with \cs{savetabu}.
%    All parameters (\textt{target}, \textt{preamble}, \textt{stretch} \etc) are restored.\par
%    This command is put alone in the preamble in place of the columns specifications.
% \\
% \csref{preamble}\M*{user-name} &
%    Makes a \textt{tabu} with the same preamble as the one saved with \cs{savetabu}.\par
%    The \textt{preamble} only is restored, not the \textt{target} nor any other parameter.\par
%    This command is put alone in the preamble in place of the columns specifications.
%    \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{tabuphantomline} & inserts a phantom (\ie invisible) line inside the \textt{tabu}\par
%    May be usefull with \cs{multicolumn} in some cases.
%    \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{tabucline}\M*[spec]\M*{start-stop} & Draws a line comparable to \cs{hline}. The line \meta{spec} can contain
%              information for making a dash or dotted line (f.ex. \M*[on 3pt off 6pt]) and a color name.\par
%              The line spec can also be defined with \cs{tabulinestyle}
%     \\
% \csref{tabulinestyle}\M*{name=spec,...} & Defines a line style for use with \cs{tabucline}\M*[name] or with \texttbf\textbar\M*[name]
% \\ \tabucline[dash]-
% \begin{tabu}{@{}X[-1]} \csref{tracingtabu} \\ \cs{tracingtabu}=2\end{tabu} &
%     Reports informations in the \xext{log} file about the steps of the algorithm for \textt{tabu X} columns,
%     and the informations saved by \cs{savetabu}.
% \\ \bottomrule
% \end{tabu}
%
% \textbf\textbar\, \textt{X}\, \cs{usetabu}\, and\, \cs{preamble} are defined as new column types loaded
% only inside the \cs{@mkpream} group inside the \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%
% \clearpage
% \endgroup
%
% \setitemize{leftmargin=3em}
% \section{The \textt{tabu} environment}
% \label{tabu.sec}
%
%
% \subsection(tabu, tabu to, tabu spread){\textt{tabu}, \textt{tabu to} and \textt{tabu spread}}
%
% {\let\red\relax
% \begin{declcs}{begin}\M*{tabu} \M*[pos] \M*{tabular preamble} \\
% \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} to \meta{dimen} \M*[pos] \M*{tabular preamble} \\
% \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} spread \meta{dimen} \M*[pos] \M*{tabular preamble} \\
% \end{declcs}}
%
% The \textt{tabu} environment behaves exactly like \textt{tabular}: the preamble
% is parsed by the macros in \xfile{array.sty} with no modification.
%  \textt{tabu} improves \textt{tabular} and \textt{array}:
%  \begin{itemize}
%  \item \textbf{footnotes} and index words are allowed inside \textt{tabu}, unlike \xpackage{tabularx}, footnote links
%        are not broken when compiled with \xpackage{hyperref}. The syntax \cs{footnote}\M[number]\M{text}
%        is allowed in \textt{tabu} and \textt{longtabu} (this is not implemented for \xpackage{longtable} yet...)
%  \item \textt X columns are implemented with an \emph{optional} parameter for the \textbf{width-coefficient}
%        (which can be \refitem{item:Negativ width coefficients}[negativ]: see next section),
%        the \textbf{alignment} (\textt r, \textt c, \textt l, or \textt j, and \textt R, \textt C, \textt L or \textt J
%        for \xpackage{ragged2e} settings) and
%        the \textbf{column type} (\textt p, \textt m, or \textt b). \\
%        \textt{tabu} has a \refitem{item:default target width}[default target width] when used with \textt X columns,
%        making nesting even easier.
%  \item You are used to the \textt{tabular} environment in text mode, and \textt{array} in math mode,
%        but \textt{tabu} works in both modes and its name does not change... \textt X columns are also
%        possible in math mode; \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts for delimiters are available in both math and text modes.
%  \item A \textt{tabu} environment can contain another tabular of any kind: \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabular\stform*},
%        \textt{tabularx} or \textt{tabu} itself can be placed in any cell of a \textt{tabu}. Conversely,
%        \textt{tabu} can be placed in a \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabularx} \etc.
%  \item \textt{tabu} provides facilities for \hyperref[Lines inside tabu]{vertical and horizontal lines},
%        and for the insertion of \hyperref[Verbatim inside tabu]{verbatim text} inside \textt X columns.
%  \item \textt{tabu} is more than compatible with \xpackage{arydshln} (for dashed and dotted lines)
%        and \xpackage{colortbl}: actually some corrections of those packages are loaded as soon as you
%        enter a \textt{tabu} environment. Compatibility with \xpackage{delarray}, \xpackage{hhline},
%        \xpackage{makecell}, \xpackage{booktabs}, \xpackage{siunitx}, \xpackage{dcolumn}, \xpackage{warpcol},
%        \etc\ is fine too.
%        When you are inside a \textt{tabu} environment, you can use \cs{raggedleft}, \cs{raggedright}
%        and \cs{centering} without special care about \cs{arraybackslash} and conversely \string\\\ has its
%        ``normal'' meaning inside a list of items that may appear in a \textt X column...
%  \end{itemize}
%
% \bigskip
%
% \declmargin \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} \textt{to}\meta{dimen} is like \textt{tabular\textasteriskcentered} but the inter-columns space is
% given a stretchability of 1fil, in other words \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\M*{0pt plus 1fil}}}
% is inserted by default at the beginning of the tabular preamble, unless another value for \cs{extracolsep} is specified. Therefore
% ``\textt{tabu to}'' fills in width the specified \meta{dimen}.
%
% \bigskip
%
% \declmargin \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} \textt{spread}\meta{dimen} does a tabular whose width is \meta{dimen} wider than its natural width.
% \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\M*{0pt plus 1fil}}} is inserted by default if \meta{dimen}$>0$.
%
% \subsection{\textt{longtabu}, \textt{longtabu to} and \textt{longtabu spread}}
% \label{longtabu.sec}
%
% \begin{declcs}{begin}\M*{longtabu}\,\M*[l\OR c\OR r]\,\M*{tabular preamble} \\
%   \cs{begin}\M*{longtabu} to \meta{dimen}\,\M*[l\OR c\OR r]\,\M*{tabular preamble} \\
%   \cs{begin}\M*{longtabu} spread \meta{dimen}\, \M*[l\OR c\OR r]\,\M*{tabular preamble}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \textt{longtabu} is just like \textt{tabu} but page breaks are allowed between rows of the table.
% \textt{longtabu} is based on the \Xpackage{longtable} package which must be loaded, and all features
% of the \textt{longtable} environment  works inside \textt{longtabu}: \cs{endhead}, \cs{endfirsthead},
% \cs{endfoot}, \cs{endlastfoot} and \cs{caption}.
%
% \textt{longtabu} enhances the possibilities of \textt{longtable} with the possibility to use \textt{X columns}
% and line specification for \hyperref[Vertical lines]{vertical rules}. \textt{longtabu} is thus much easier than
% \Xpackage{ltxtable}.
% \goodbreak
%
% The following commands provided for \textt{tabu} do not work with \textt{longtabu}:\par\nobreak
% \let\theadfont\bfseries
% \begin{tabu}{X[-1]*2{X[-1c]}X} \toprule
% \rowfont[c]{\bfseries} \textt{tabu} command &\thead{Not   \\available}          &\thead{Not                                                                     \\implemented} &Comment \\\tabucline[dash]-
% \csref{tabucline}                           &             &\AsteriskRoundedEnds &\cs{tabucline} does not care of page breaks presently: use \cs{hline} instead. \\
% \csref{usetabu}                             &\CheckFAIL   &                     &but \csref{savetabu} and \csref{preamble} work.                                \\
% \hyperref[math mode.sec]{mathematical mode} &\CheckFAIL   &                     &\textt{longtable} is not designed to work in math mode.                        \\
% \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts               &\CheckFAIL   &                     &a delimiter cannot be spanned over pages...                                    \\
% \csref{tabuphantomline}                     &\CheckFAIL   &                     &useless inside \textt{longtabu}
% \\\bottomrule
% \end{tabu}
%
% However, \textt{tabu X} columns, \csref{rowfont}, \csref{verbatim} and \csref{tabudecimal} work inside \textt{longtabu}.
%
%
% \subsection{\textt{tabu X} columns}
% \label{tabu X columns}
%
% \textt{tabu X} columns can be viewed as an enhancement of \xpackage{tabularx} \textt X columns, but do not interact
% with them, for they are defined only for a short time during the parsing of the preamble:
% \begin{itemize}[name=tabu X columns]
% \item \textbf{width coefficients} can optionally be given to \textt X columns\\
%       ex.\, \texttbf{X[2.5]X[1]}\, is the same as\, \texttbf{X[2.5]X}\, and the same as\, \texttbf{X[5]X[2]} \\
%       This means that the first \textt X column will be two and a half wider than the second one or
%       that the first \textt X column width will be \sfrac{5}{7} of the whole tabular width. \\[.5\baselineskip]
%       \begin{tabu}to\linewidth{|X[c,2.5]|X[c]|} \firsthline \textt{X[2.5]} & \textt X \\ \hline\end{tabu}
% \item \textbf{negativ width coefficients} \label{item:Negativ width coefficients} can be given to \textt X columns: \\
%       ex.\, \texttbf{X[-2.5]X[1]}\,  or\, \texttbf{X[-2.5]X} \, or\, \texttbf{X[-5]X[2]} \\
%       In this case, the first \textt X column will be \textitbf{at most} two and a half wider than the second one,
%       and if the \emph{natural width} of the first \textt X column is finally less than
%       $2.5 \times \left(\text{the width of the second column}\right)$ then it will be narrowed down to this natural width.
%       \textbf{The following \textt{tabu}{\smaller s} have the same preamble:} \\
%       \hspace*{1em}\cs{begin}\M*{tabu} to\cs{linewidth}\M*{|X\M*[$-$2.5c]|X\M*[c]|}: \\
%        \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{|X[c,-2.5]|X[c]|} \tabucline-
%               \textt{X[$-$2.5]} & \textt X \\ \tabucline-
%        \end{tabu} \\
%        \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{|X[c,-2.5]|X[c]|} \tabucline-
%        Negativ coefficients make \textt X columns close to standard\par \textt l, \textt c and \textt r columns.
%                 & \textt X \\ \tabucline-
%       \end{tabu}
% \item horizontal alignment specification is made easier with\, \texttbf{X[5,r]X[2,c]}\, for example. Vertical
%       alignment can be specified as well with\, \textt{X[5,r,m]X[2,p,c]}\, (commas are not required,
%       but \textt{X[2cm]} or \textt{X[4pc]} could be misunderstood -- not by \TeX{}: by you...).\\
%       \begin{tabu}to \linewidth{X[-2c]X[c]c}
%       \rowfont{\bfseries\ttfamily} Modifier & Meaning & Default \\
%       \textt l, \textt c, \textt r, \textt j, \textt L, \textt C, \textt R, \textt J  & left, centered, right, justified  & \textt j \\
%       \textt p, \textt m, \textt b &  \textt X column is converted into \textt p, \textt m or \textt b column & \textt p \\
%       \$                      & \textt{X[\$]} is a shortcut for:\, \textt{>\M*{\$}X<\M*{\$}} & \\
%       \end{tabu}
% \item \textt{tabu X} columns can be spanned with \cs{multicolum}.
% \item \textt{tabu X} columns can be used with ``\textt{tabu spread}'' for small tabulars.
% \item \textt{tabu X} columns can contain any type of \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabular*}, \textt{tabularx} or \textt{tabu}
%       without special care about the syntax. \textt{tabu} can also be put inside \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabular*}
%       and \textt{tabularx}. As long as \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns has a \emph{default target}, nesting \textt{tabu}
%       with \textt X columns is easy. Furthermore, the default global alignment of a nested \textt{tabu} is \textt t
%       (for \textt{top}) while the default global alignment of a \textt{tabu} in a paragraph is \textt c (for \textt{centered}).
%       ^^AWhen nested inside another \textt{tabu}, \textt{tabu} takes care not to add duplicate margins around its cells...
% \item The ``algorithm'' (or the arithmetic) to get the target width for \textt{tabu X} columns is the same as the one
%       used by \xpackage{tabularx}. \cs{hfuzz} is the ``tolerance'' for the whole tabular width. We use \eTeX{} \cs{dimexpr}
%       instead of \TeX{} primitives (with round/truncate bias correction).
% \item \label{item:convergence optimisation} Convergence to the target width is optimised:
%       the \cs{halign} preamble is not re-built at each trial, but only expanded again,
%       until the target is reached. Though optimized, the process is the same as the one implemented for \textt{tabularx}
%       and in particular the content of the \textt{tabu} environment is collected as soon as a \textt{tabu X} column
%       is found in the preamble. This implies restrictions on catcode modifications and verbatim text inside
%       a \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns.
% \item \label{item:default target width} If the width of the whole tabular is not specified with ``\textt{tabu to}''
%       it is considered to be \cs{linewidth}.
%       \nameref{subsec:linegoal package option} makes the default width equal to \cs{linegoal}. Compilation must then be done
%       with \hologo{pdfTeX} either in \textt{pdf} or \textt{dvi} mode, and package \xpackage{linegoal} is loaded.
%       \cs{linegoal} requires \hologo{pdfTeX} for its \cs{pdfsavepos} primitive and the \xpackage{zref-savepos}:
%       if the \textt{tabu} is not alone in its paragraph \ie if the target is not
%       \cs{linewidth}, then two compilations (or more) are required to get the correct target. \\
%       Default target for nested \textt{tabu} environments is always \cs{linewidth}, which equals to the column width inside
%       \textt p, \textt m, \textt b and \textt X columns.
% \item As long as the \cs{halign} content is expanded more than once, protections against counters incrementation, whatsits (\emph{write})
%       index entries, footnotes \etc. are set up: the mechanism of \xpackage{tabularx} is reimplemented and enhanced for \textt{tabu X} columns.
%       \cs{tabuDisableCommands} can be used to neutralize the expansion of additional macros during the trials.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection(X columns with tabu spread){X columns with ``\textt{tabu spread}''}
% \label{X columns with tabu spread}
%
% \textt{tabu X} columns can be used with ``\textt{tabu spread}'' to adjust the column widths of tabulars that contain
% only small pieces of text. The question is: how to make a tabular the width of the line, with 6 columns; the columns 1, 2, 5 and 6
% are of equal widths and the widths of columns 3 and 4 are only one half. As possible solution:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%  \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1  &  2  &  3  &  4  &  5  &  6 \\\hline
%  \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \medskip
%
%  \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1          &2 &3 &4 &5 &6 \\\hline
%  \end{tabu}
%
%  \bigskip
%
% But the text in each cell is very short: one single character, and you prefer the table to be tight,
% but don't know the exact width of the whole:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu} spread 0pt{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1  &  2  &  3  &  4  &  5  &  6 \\\hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% {\centering
% \begin{tabu} spread0pt{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1  &  2  &  3  &  4  &  5  &  6 \\\hline
% \end{tabu}\par}
%
% \bigskip
%
% But now it's definitely too narrow, then give it some more space:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu} spread 2in{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1  &  2  &  3  &  4  &  5  &  6 \\\hline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% {\centering
% \begin{tabu} spread2in{|X[2]|X[2]|X|X|X[2]|X[2]|} \hline
%  1  &  2  &  3  &  4  &  5  &  6 \\\hline
% \end{tabu}\par}
%
%  \bigskip
%
% \textt{tabu spread} is useless with long columns: the following tabular was made with this preamble:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu} spread 3cm{@{}X[9]X[4]|X|}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% {\footnotesize
% \begin{tabu} spread 3cm{@{}X[9]X[4]|X|}
% "Like the air we breathe, Sherlock Holmes is everywhere.
% His pipe-smoking, deer stalkered image peers at us from ads in Yellow Pages,
% to signs for neighbourhood crime-watch; from billboards to the classroom;
% from film and television to the public library, and now over the Internet.
% He long ago transcended the boundaries of 19th Century London\footnote{Capital of the U.K. (too see a linked footnote)}
% to become an international best-seller and has been accepted as part
% of British folklore. Holmes is alive to millions."
% &
% There the text was too long, and \textt{tabu spread} behaves as if you didn't give it a target.\par\vskip\baselineskip
% The result of this example is the same as if one had written \cs{begin}\M*{tabu}\textt{to}\cs{linewidth}.
% & \cellcolor{GhostWhite}\centering\rotatebox{-90}{\kern-1.4ex\bfseries Sherlock Holmes}
% \\ \tabucline{1-2}
% \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{The ``official'' web site: \url{http://www.sherlockholmes.com/}} & \omit \\ \tabucline{-2}
% \end{tabu}}
%
% In the preamble, \textt{@\M*{}} means that the margin is removed.
%
% \subsubsection{Negativ width coefficients for \textt X columns}
%
% \begin{Verb}
% \begin{tabu}{|[3pt ForestGreen]X[-1m]|X[c m]|[3pt ForestGreen]}
%                                   \tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]-
%   $\begin{tabu}({X[-1$]X[-1$c]})     % equivalent to spread 0pt
%      \alpha & \beta \\
%      \gamma & \delta + \epsilon + \zeta + \eta + \theta
%   \end{tabu}$
%   &
%   This is a tabu with negativ width coefficients for \textt X columns
%   \\ \tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]-
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb}
%
% {
% \begin{tabu}{|[3pt ForestGreen]X[-1m]|X[c m]|[3pt ForestGreen]} \tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]- \savetabu{FirstNegativTest}
%   $\begin{tabu}({X[-1$]X[-1$c]})
%      \alpha & \beta \\
%      \gamma & \delta + \epsilon + \zeta + \eta + \theta
%   \end{tabu}$
%   &
%   This is a tabu with negativ width coefficients for \textt X columns
%   \\ \tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]-
% \end{tabu}
%
% \tabulinesep=2pt
% \begin{tabu}{\usetabu{FirstNegativTest}}\tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]-
%   $\begin{tabu}({X[-1$]X[-1$c]})
%      \alpha & \beta \\
%      \gamma & \delta + \epsilon + \zeta + \eta + \theta
%   \end{tabu}$
%   &
%   And this is the same with \csref{tabulinesep} set to $2pt$.
%   \\ \tabucline[3pt ForestGreen]-
% \end{tabu}
% }
%
% \subsubsection{Multicolumn in \textt{tabu}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabuphantomline}
% \end{declcs}
%
% The process of \cs{multicolumn} implies the \TeX{} primitive \cs{omit} which discards the tabular preamble
% for the spanned columns. Discarding the preamble means discarding the information about the widths of the
% columns. This explains why the following example does not work properly:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu}{|X|X|X[2]|} \tabucline-
% \multicolumn2{|c|}{Hello} & World \\ \tabucline-
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{tabu}{|X|X|X[2]|} \tabucline-
% \multicolumn2{|c|}{Hello} & World \\ \tabucline-
% \end{tabu}
%
% The correct result can be obtained by the mean of a phantom line, that will remain invisible
% unless your preamble contains special \texttbf @ or \texttbf ! columns that prints some text:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu}{|X|X|X[2]|}  \tabucline-
% \multicolumn2{|c|}{Hello} & World  \\ \tabucline-
% \tabuphantomline
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{tabu}{|X|X|X[2]|} \tabucline-
% \multicolumn2{|c|}{Hello} & World \\ \tabucline-
% \tabuphantomline
% \end{tabu}
%
% Remember you may need \cs{tabuphantomline} in conjunction with \cs{savetabu} and \cs{usetabu} with \cs{multicolumn}.
% Even if it is possible to add a \cs{tabuphantomline} in any line of the \textt{tabu}, it is a good practice
% to append it \emph{at the end} of the \textt{tabu}, for it may introduce indesirable side effects on vertical alignment
% otherwise, when \textt{tabu} is nested inside another tabular.
%
%
% \subsubsection{Nesting \textt{tabu}{\texorpdf\small s} with \textt X columns}
%
% This section should contain some examples but I've no time presently...
%
% However, this document has plenty of nested \textt{tabu}{\smaller s}!
%
%
% \subsection{Lines inside \textt{tabu}}
% \label{Lines inside tabu}
%
% \subsubsection{First important remarks}
%
% The features provided in this section are quite experimental: they are not generally taken for good typography.
% You can use \xpackage{tabu} with package \xpackage{booktabs} for example, which provides properly designed
% commands for horizontal rules in tabulars. \xpackage{arydshln} is pretty good too, but it modifies a huge
% amount of macros of \xfile{array.sty}, something that \thispackage does not.
%
% Lines in \textt{tabu} printed in this document are mostly made with \xpackage{booktabs}.
%
%
% \subsubsection(Vertical lines){Vertical lines: \textt\textbar\ has an optional parameter}
% \label{Vertical lines}
%
% Inside \textt{tabu} environment, the vertical line marker \textt\textbar\  has an \emph{optional} argument
% which is the width of the vertical rule. The default width remains \cs{arrayrulewidth} of course.
% The optional argument for \textt\textbar\ can also contain the name of a color.
% color \emph{names} are only possible, not a color specification by the mean of a color model.
% The width of the line if specified, must come before the color name and... as for \textt X columns
% parameters, commas are optional.
%
% Example:
%
% {\tabcolsep=3pt
% \begin{tabu}{@{}X[-1mc]X[m]X[2ml]@{}} \toprule
%     \begin{tabu}{||[5pt]|c|c||[5pt]|}
%        Hello & World
%     \end{tabu}
% &
% The \textt{tabu} you see on left was made with the code displayed on the right.
% &
% \verbatim{^^A
% \begin{tabu}{||[5pt]|c|c||[5pt]|}^^@
%     Hello & World^^@
% \end{tabu}}
% \\ \midrule
%     \begin{tabu}{||[5pt,red]|c|c||[5pt blue]|}
%        Hello & World
%     \end{tabu}
% &
% The \textt{tabu} you see on left was made with the code displayed on the right.
% &
% \verbatim{^^A
% \begin{tabu}{||[5pt,red]|c|c||[5pt blue]|}^^@
%     Hello & World^^@
% \end{tabu}}
% \\ \bottomrule
% \multicolumn{3}{r}{\scriptsize\lk This example was printed inside a \textt{tabu} whose preamble is: \textt{X[$-$1m]X[m]X[2m]}.}
% \end{tabu}}
%
% Note that it is always a good idea to protect the optional argument with braces: \M*[\M*{...}].
% But it's not necessary because \thispackage takes care the \textt\textbar\ token to be rewritten
% before any other column type (just after \stform* however, for obvious reasons). But if you
% use the optional argument for the vertical line into a user-defined column type
% (declared with \cs{newcolumntype} for example), you can get an error. In this case,
% it is compulsory to protect the optional argument by braces. Finally, it's not very often
% that a user-column type contains a vertical bar...
%
%
% \subsubsection(Horizontal lines){More style for horizontal lines: \cs{tabucline}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabucline}\M[style or spec.]\M*{start-end}\\
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{tabucline} is an attempt to give a versatile command to make horizontal lines:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \cs{tabucline} is pretty good with vertical lines even if the thickness of the line grows up,
% \item \cs{tabucline} takes care of \cs{extrarowheight},
% \item \cs{tabucline} can make horizontal dashed lines, with a \xpackage{pgf}/\xpackage{TikZ} syntax:\\
%       \cs{tabucline}\M*[\meta{width} on\meta{dash} off\meta{gap}]\M*{\meta{first column}-\meta{last column}}
% \item alternatively, you can give \cs{tabucline} a \cs{hbox} to make a leader with it: The \meta{\ttfamily spec.} must then
%       begin with \cs{hbox}, \cs{box} or \cs{copy},
% \item finally you can give \cs{tabucline} a color \emph{name}, after the line specification.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
%
% Any parameter can be omitted. \tabulinestyle{tabucline=.4pt on2pt off1.5pt}
%
% {\parskip=0pt\topsep=0pt
% \begin{center}\def\margintext#1{\noalign{\vtop to0pt{\marginnote{\ttfamily\small #1}[-1.8ex]\vss}}}^^A
% \begin{tabu}{|[1.5pt]|>{\ttfamily}X[-1]X||[1.5pt]} \tabucline[\heavyrulewidth]- \savetabu{tabucline}
%  \cs{tabucline}\M*[1pt on 1.5pt off 2pt]\M*{1-4} & draws a horizontal dashed line of width \textt{1pt}. Dashes are
%                                                    \textt{1.5pt} long and gap width is \textt{2pt}. The line is drawn
%                                                    between columns 1 and 4. Here there are only 2 columns and the line
%                                                    stops at column 2. \\ \tabucline[1pt on 1.5pt off 2pt]{1-4} \margintext{[1pt on 1.5pt off 2pt]}
%  \cs{tabucline}\M*[1.5pt]\M*{-}                    & draws a horizontal solid line of width \textt{1.5pt} between the first
%                                                    and the last column. \\ \tabucline[1.5pt]{-} \margintext{[1.5pt]}
%  \cs{tabucline}\M*{2-}                           & \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus1em\relax draws a horizontal solid line of width \cs{arrayrulewidth} between the second
%                                                    column and the last one.\\ \tabucline{2-} \margintext{default}
%  \cs{tabucline}\M*[on 2pt red]\M*{-5}            &  draws a horizontal dashed line between columns 1 and 5
%                                                     of width \cs{arrayrulewidth}. Dashed are
%                                                    \textt{2pt} long and gap width is \textt{4pt} (the default).
%                                                    \\ \tabucline[on 2pt red]{-5} \margintext{[on 2pt red]}
% \end{tabu}
% \end{center}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabucline\stform*}\M[style or spec.]\M*{start-end}
% \end{declcs}
%
% For fine tuning, the star form \cs{tabucline}\stform* can be used to keep the vertical lines that might
% cross the horizontal line. As a consequence, the content of special \textt @ of \textt ! columns
% will interrupt the horizontal line either. This might be usefull when \cs{extrarowheight} is high.
% Example:
%
% {\makeatletter
% \AtBeginShipoutNext{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft{\tikz[remember picture,overlay]{
%           \node at (tabucline*) [xshift=-2cm,yshift=0cm,font=\ttfamily\smaller,text width=3cm]
%              { \dbend \\[1.5ex]
%                 Starting from
%                 \hyperref[2.0]{version 2.0} use
%                 preferably the vertical
%                 spacing adjustment
%                 parameters provided by
%                 \csref{tabulinesep} and
%                 \csref{extrarowsep}.          };}}}
%
% \begin{tabu}{*3{X[mc]}}
% \extrarowheight=8pt
% \begin{tabu}[c]{|[1pt]X|X|[1pt]} \tabucline- \tikzlabel{tabucline*}
% Hello & world \\ \tabucline[1pt on 2pt off 2pt,blue]-
% Hello & world \\  \tabucline-
% \end{tabu}
% &
% \extrarowheight=8pt
% \begin{tabu}[c]{|[1pt]X|X|[1pt]} \tabucline*-
% Hello & world \\ \tabucline*[1pt on 2pt off 2pt blue]-
% Hello & world \\  \tabucline*-
% \end{tabu}
% &
% \extrarowheight=8pt
% \begin{tabu}[c]{|[1pt]X|X|[1pt]} \firsthline
% Hello & world \\ \hline
% Hello & world \\  \lasthline
% \end{tabu} \\
% \extrarowheight=0pt
%   \cs{tabucline}
% & \cs{tabucline}\stform*
% & \cs{firsthline} and \cs{hline} and \cs{lasthline} \\
% \multicolumn3c{In each table, \cs{extrarowheight} is equal to \textt{8 pt}.} \\
% \end{tabu}}
%
% \cs{tabuclines} tries to put the line in the middle, so that the text is centered in its cell.
% \cs{tabuclines}\stform* tries to take care of vertical lines.
% Well this is not perfect: it works pretty well with simple vertical lines, but not really with double
% lines, triple lines with colours etc... But it can help in simple cases...
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabulinestyle}\M{style=spec., style=spec., style=spec. ...}
% \end{declcs}
%
% This command defines a line style to be used in the first optional argument of \cs{tabucline}:
%
% \begin{tabu}{@{}X[-2,c]@{}X[c]@{}} \tabucline[\heavyrulewidth]- \tabucline[\hbox{$\scriptstyle\star$}]- \toprule
% \rowfont[c]{\bfseries} Define the line style & Use the line style \\ \midrule
% \cs{tabulinestyle}\M*{myline=0.4pt on 1.5pt off 1pt  red} & \cs{tabucline}\M*[myline]\M*{-} \\ \tabucline[\heavyrulewidth on 1pt off 2pt red]-
% \cs{tabulinestyle}\M*{myleader=\cs{hbox}\M*{\$\cs{scriptstyle}\cs{star}\$}} & \cs{tabucline}\M*[myleader]\M*{1-3} \\
% \multicolumn{2}{c}{This way it is easy to change dashed lines into solid ones} \\ \bottomrule \tabucline[\hbox{$\scriptstyle\star$}]- \tabucline[\heavyrulewidth]-
% \end{tabu}
%
% \begin{tabu}{*{3}{X[cm]}}
% \tabcolsep=2pt
% \begin{tabu}{|l|l|} \tabucline[.4pt on 1pt off 3pt]{-}
% \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Dashed or dotted} \\ \tabucline[1pt on2pt off1pt]{-}
% And below & is the default \\ \tabucline[on 4pt]-
% \end{tabu}
% &
% \tabcolsep=2pt
% \begin{tabu}{|c|c|} \tabucline[.4pt off 2pt]{-}
% Dash & Gap \\ \tabucline[10pt on2pt off 1pt]{1-1}
% \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{This one was thick} \\ \tabucline[3pt]-
% \end{tabu}
% &
% \tabcolsep=2pt
% \begin{tabu}{|X[cm]|X[cm]|X[2cm]|} \tabucline[.4pt on6pt off 2pt]{-}
% Dash & Gap... & ...or leader \\ \tabucline[\hbox{\small\kern1pt\ScissorRight\vrule width3.4pt depth-5pt height5.4pt\kern1pt\vrule width3.4pt depth-5pt height5.4pt\kern1pt}]-
% \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Interesting ?} \\ \tabucline-
% \end{tabu}
% \end{tabu}
% \nobreak\par\nobreak\vspace*{\bigskipamount}\nobreak
%
% \small
% \hfil\Shapepar{\nutshape}{Now we stop it because things are becoming too ugly and go to have a look at \textt{tabu} in mathematical mode...}\hfil\null
%
% \normalsize
%
%
% \subsection{\textt{tabu} in math mode}
% \label{math mode.sec}
%
% {
% \tabulinesep=3pt
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{X[1.5]X[l$]} \toprule
% On the left, you can see the famous Maxwell-Lorentz equations for electromagnetic field in vacuum,
% publicated in \oldstylenums{1873}.
% &
% \hfil\arraycolsep=3pt
% \begin{tabu}({rl}.
% \Div\vv E  &= \dfrac \rho {\epsilon_0}                             \\
% \Div\vv B  &= 0                                                   \\
% \Rot\vv E  &= - \dpartial{\vv B} t                                \\
% \Rot\vv B  &= \mu_0 \vv j + \mu_0 \epsilon_0\, \dpartial{\vv E} t
% \end{tabu}
% \\ \bottomrule
% \end{tabu}}
%
% In this example, the big \textt{tabu} is: \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} to\cs{linewidth}\M*{X[1.5]X[l\$]}.
%
% The nested \textt{tabu} (in math mode) uses \xpackage{delarray} shortcut: its preamble is:
% \begin{Verb}
%    \begin{tabu}({rl}.
% \end{Verb}
%
% \csref{tabulinesep} has been set to \texttbf{3pt}.
%
% Horizontal rules are \xpackage{booktabs} \cs{toprule}, \cs{midrule} and \cs{bottomrule}.
%
%
% \begin{tabu}{@{}*3{X[c]@{}}} \toprule \savetabu{math}
% \rowfont{\bfseries} \textt{array} & \textt{tabu} & \textt{tabu spread 1em} \\ \midrule
% $\begin{array}[t]|{cc}|
% \alpha & \beta \\
% \gamma & \delta
% \end{array}$
% &
% $\begin{tabu}|{cc}|
% \alpha & \beta \\
% \gamma & \delta
% \end{tabu}$
% &
% $\begin{tabu} spread 1em|{cc}|
% \alpha & \beta \\
% \gamma & \delta
% \end{tabu}$
% \\ \bottomrule
% \end{tabu}
%
%
% Here, vertical lines are made with \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts:\hfill
% \verb+$\begin{tabu} spread 1em |{cc}|+
%
% \begin{tabu}{\usetabu{math}}
% \multicolumn2{@{}l}{Vertical lines inside the tabular preamble gives:}
% &
% $\begin{tabu} spread 1em[c]{|cc|}
% \alpha & \beta \\
% \gamma & \delta
% \end{tabu}$
% \tabuphantomline
% \end{tabu}
%
% \bigskip
% {\raggedleft\footnotesize\lk This was an example of \csref{savetabu}...\csref{usetabu} to keep the alignment.\par}
%
%
% \subsection{Verbatim inside \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns}
% \label{Verbatim inside tabu}
%
% The process of computing \textt X columns widths implies to make ``trials'': this means that
% the tabular is first printed in internal mode, inside a box which is measured until the target
% width is reached. Such trials require to collect the content of the \textt{tabu} environment.
% Therefore, the category codes of the characters read in the environment are fixed, and \cs{verb}
% commands are not allowed.
%
% \begin{declcs}{verbatim}\M{general text}
% \end{declcs}
%
% To get round this limitation, \textt{tabu} provides the command \cs{verbatim} which allows to put
% some pieces of verbatim text inside a \textt{tabu}: it is based on \eTeX{} \cs{scantokens} primitive
% and is defined only inside the \textt{tabu} environment. \cs{verbatim} has some other limitations
% you must know:
%
%
% \begin{tabu}to\linewidth{>{\ttfamily\centering}p{3cm}p{\dimexpr\linewidth-3cm-4\tabcolsep}} \toprule
%  \verb+^^@+        &can be used to get a carriage return inside \cs{verbatim} \\
%  \verb+^+          &consequently \verb+^+ is a normal subscript character     \\
%  \verb+{+ \verb+}+ &curly braces must be equilibrated                         \\
%  \%                &The percent character\, \%\, is for commentaries: the content of the
%                     environment is collected before \cs{verbatim} does its job, therefore commentaries are
%                     removed...
%                    \\\bottomrule
% \end{tabu}
%
% If you need more verbatim inside a \textt{tabu} environment:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item you should avoid the use of \textt X columns
% \item or if you really want to use \textt X columns, you must save your verbatim text before the \textt{tabu},
%     for example with the \textt{SaveVerbatim} environment provided by the package \xpackage{fancyvrb}.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
%
% \subsection(Numbers in tabu){Printing numbers inside \textt{tabu} with \xpackage{numprint} and \xpackage{siunitx}}
%
% \subsubsection{Just make it easy !}
%
% \thispackage provides a \emph{facility} to print numbers inside columns. This facility is not
% implemented to replace \xpackage{siunitx} \textt S and \textt s columns or \xpackage{numprint}
% \textt n and \textt N columns or other packages that provide alignment such as \xpackage{warpcol},
% \xpackage{dcolumn} or \xpackage{rccol}. It just make
% easy to apply a macro you get already on each number in a column of a \textt{tabu}.
%
% \cs{tabudecimal} has been developped mainly because it makes possible to align numbers inside \textt{tabu X} columns.
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabudecimal}\M{user-macro}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{tabudecimal} can be used in the preamble of a \textt{tabu} before a column specification.
% The \meta{user-macro} is a macro with one parameter that has to be defined before.
%
% \medskip
%
% Example with \csbf{numprint}:
%
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def\usermacro#1{\numprint[\officialeuro]{\zap@space #1 \@empty}}
% \nprounddigits{2} \npprintnull \npthousandsep{\,} \npunitseparator{~}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{SaveVerbatim}{tabudecimal}
% \begin{tabu}{*2{>{\tabudecimal\usermacro}r}}
%  12.324    &745.32  \\
%  21.13     &0       \\
%  213.3245  &12.342  \\
%  322143.12 &324.325 \\
% \end{tabu}
% \end{SaveVerbatim}
%
% \nprounddigits{2} \npprintnull \npthousandsep{\,} \npunitseparator{~}
% \makeatletter \let\npunitcommand\@firstofone
% \def\usermacro#1{\numprint[\officialeuro]{\zap@space #1 \@empty}}
% \makeatother
%
%
% \begin{tabu}{XX}
% \multicolumn{2}{l}{\verbatim{\begin{tabu}{|[GreenYellow]*2{>{\tabudecimal\usermacro}X[r]|[GreenYellow]}}}} \\
% \verbatim{
%  \rowfont[c]{\bf} January & February \\ ^^@
%  12.324    & 745.32  \\ ^^@
%  21.13     & 0       \\ ^^@
%  213.3245  & 12.342  \\ ^^@
%  2143.12 & 324.325 \\ ^^@
% \end{tabu}}
% &
% \begin{tabu}{|[GreenYellow]*2{>{\tabudecimal\usermacro}X[r]|[GreenYellow]}c} \tabucline[1pt GreenYellow]-
% \rowfont[c]\bf       January   &February & ...\\ \tabucline[1pt on2pt GreenYellow]-
%                      12.324    &745.32   & ... \\
%                      21.13     &0        & ... \\
%                      213.3245  &12.342   & ... \\
%                      2143.12 &324.325  & ... \\ \tabucline[1pt GreenYellow]-
% \end{tabu}
% \end{tabu}
%
% \medbreak
%
% Example with \csbf{SI}:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \def\usermacro#1{\SI[group-four-digits=true,            % thousand separator
%                                round-mode=places,                % round numbers
%                                round-precision=2,                  % with 2 decimal digits
%                                round-integer-to-decimal=true,  % add trailing 0 if necessary
%                                per-mode=symbol]{#1}{\officialeuro\per\kilo\gram}}
% \begin{tabu}spread 0pt{|[GreenYellow]*2{>{\tabudecimal \usermacro}X[r]|[GreenYellow]}} ....
% \end{Verb*}
%
%
% \def\usermacro#1{\SI[group-four-digits=true,
%                      round-mode=places,
%                      round-precision=2,
%                      round-integer-to-decimal=true,
%                      per-mode=symbol]{#1}{\officialeuro\per\kilo\gram}}
% \begin{tabu}{*2{X}}
% \tabulinesep=3pt
% \begin{tabu}spread 8pt{|[GreenYellow]*2{>{\tabudecimal\usermacro}X[r]|[GreenYellow]}c} \tabucline[1pt GreenYellow]-
% \rowfont[c]\bf       January  &February &... \\\tabucline[1pt on2pt GreenYellow]-
%                      12.324   &745.32   &... \\
%                      21.13    &0        &... \\
%                      213.3245 &12.342   &... \\
%                      2143.12  &324.325  &... \\\tabucline[1pt GreenYellow]-
% \end{tabu}
% &
% As you can see, the columns widths are exactly the same, whatever their content. \par \bigskip
% Here \csref{tabulinesep} has been set to $3pt$.
% \end{tabu}
%
% \subsubsection{You should know how it works...}
%
% Yes you should know how it works to avoid problems. \textt{tabu} has a small scanner
% based on \cs{futurelet} to grab all numbers, blank spaces, commas and dots $+$ and $-$ sign
% and also the letter \textt e and  \textt E for exponants.
% The scanner stops as soon as something else than a number, blank space, comma, dot, $+$, $-$, \textt e, \textt E
% is found, and even if it is a macro that contains a number.
%
% This explains why there is \cs{zap@space} in the definition of \cs{usermacro}: because the scanner
% scans blank spaces and because \cs{numprint} does not allow blank spaces in its mandatory argument,
% quite strangely...
%
%
% \subsection{Paragraph indentation}
% \label{Paragraph indentation.subsec}
%
% \textt{tabu} takes care of paragraph indentation when it is used with \textt X columns and its default target,
% no matter if it has been loaded or not with the \textt{linegoal} option.
% Example with \LaTeX{} default: \cs{parindent} $=20$pt.
%
% {\parindent=20pt \let\tabudefaulttarget \linewidth
%
% \begin{tabu}{|[GreenYellow]X|[GreenYellow]} \tabucline[GreenYellow]-
% This is \textt{\pkgcolor tabu} with its default target in an indented paragraph. \\ \tabucline[GreenYellow]-
% \end{tabu}
%
% \noindent\begin{tabu}{|[GreenYellow]X|[GreenYellow]}\tabucline[GreenYellow]-
% This is \textt{\pkgcolor tabu} with its default target, preceded by \cs{noindent} \\ \tabucline[GreenYellow]-
% \end{tabu}
%
%
% \begin{tabularx}\linewidth{|X|} \hline
% This is \textt{tabularx} with target: \cs{linewidth} in an indented paragraph. \\ \hline
% \end{tabularx}
%
% \noindent\begin{tabularx}\linewidth{|X|} \hline
% This is \textt{tabularx} with target: \cs{linewidth}, preceded by \cs{noindent} \\ \hline
% \end{tabularx}}
%
%
% \subsection{\texorpdf\xpackage{delarray} shortcuts}
% \label{delarray shortcuts tabularx.subsec}
%
% When you enclose your tabular with math delimiters using \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts,
% \xpackage{tabu} tries to reach its target for the whole: the tabular and the delimiter(s).
% You can see the difference:
%
% {\centering
% \extrarowsep=8pt
%
% \AtBeginShipoutNext{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft{\tikz[remember picture,overlay]
%           \node at (tabularx overfull) [xshift=-3cm,yshift=-1.5cm,align=center,text width=5cm,rotate=40,font=\ttfamily\smaller]
%              {{with overfull hboxes\\
%                 (17.5pt and 17.8pt two wide)\\
%                 for \xpackage{tabularx}
%              }}; }}
%
% \renewcommand\text[1]{This is
%   {\ttfamily \ifcurrentenvir{tabu}{\pkgcolor\lsstyle}{}\currentenvirname}
%    with \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts for #1 around.}
%
% \tabcolsep=10pt
% \begin{tabu}to 12cm{|[pkgcolor]*2{>{\extrarowsep=0pt}X|[pkgcolor]}} \tabucline[pkgcolor]-
% \begin{tabu}({X})     \tikzlabel{tabularx overfull}
%        \text{parenthesis}    \end{tabu}
% &
% \begin{tabu}\{{X}\}
%         \text{curly brackets}    \end{tabu}
% \\ \tabucline[1pt on2pt pkgcolor]-
%
% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}[t]({X})
%         \text{parenthesis}    \end{tabularx}
% &
% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}[t]\{{X}\}
%         \text{curly brackets}   \end{tabularx}
% \\ \tabucline[pkgcolor]-
% \end{tabu}
%
% }
%
% \section{Automatic horizontal lines: \cs{everyrow}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{everyrow}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{everyrow} can be used to insert horizontal lines automatically:
%
% {
% \begin{Verb*}
%  \begin{tabu}.5\linewidth{cX[2c]X} \tabucline[1pt]- ($db(\everyrow)){\tabucline[on 2pt]-}
%  This is        &a small example &of a \textt{tabu}                  \\
%  which         &automatically   &inserts                            \\
%  a horizontal &line after         &each of its row ($db(\everyrow)){} \\ \tabucline[1pt]-
%  \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \centering
% \tabulinesep=3pt
% \begin{tabu}to .5\linewidth{cX[2c]X} \tabucline[1pt]- \everyrow{\tabucline[on 2pt]-}
%  This is & a small example & of a \textt{tabu} \\
%  which & automatically & inserts \\
%  a horizontal & line after & each of its row \everyrow{} \\ \tabucline[1pt]-
% \end{tabu}\par}
%
% \cs{everyrow} can be used in \textt{longtabu} as well.
%
%
%
%
% \section(row font and alignment){Modifying the font and the alignment in one row: \cs{rowfont}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{rowfont}\M[alignment]\M*{font specification}
% \end{declcs}
%
% Inside a \textt{tabu} environment, you can modify the font for each cell in a row.
% \cs{rowfont} has priority over column font specification, exactly like \cs{rowcolor} (package \xpackage{colortbl})
% has priority over \cs{columncolor}.
%
% The alignment of each cell in one row can also be changed to: \topsep=0pt
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabu}{>{\ttfamily}r@{\,$=$\,}lc>{\ttfamily}r}
% l          &left    &{\qquad\smaller or\, for \xpackage{ragged2e} settings: } &L \\
% c          &center  &                                                         &C \\
% r          &right   &                                                         &R \\
% j          &justify &                                                         &J \\
% \end{tabu}
% \end{center}
%
% Any other value for the optional \meta{alignment} parameter is silently ignored. If \xpackage{ragged2e} is not loaded,
% \textt L\, \textt R\, \textt C\, and\, \textt J\, are synonymous with the lowercase equivalent.
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%  \begin{tabu}{|X|X[-1]|}              \tabucline-
%     ($db(\rowfont))[c]\bfseries
%      This                       &Is                                \\\tabucline[on 2pt,blue]-
%     \xpackage{tabu}        &package                        \\\tabucline[off 2pt blue]-
%     ($db(\rowfont))[r]\itshape
%     for                          &\textt{tabu} and \textt{longtabu} \\\tabucline-
%  \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{tabu}{|X|X[-1]|}\tabucline-
% \rowfont[c]\bfseries
%     This             &Is                                \\\tabucline[on 2pt,blue]-
%     \xpackage{tabu}  &package                           \\\tabucline[off 2pt blue]-
%     \rowfont[r]\itshape
%     for              &\textt{tabu} and \textt{longtabu} \\\tabucline-
% \end{tabu}
%
% \ClearPage
% \section(Vertical spacing of lines){Controlling vertical spacing of lines: \cs{extrarowsep} \,and\, \cs{tabulinesep}}
% \label{vertical spacing.sec}
%
%
% \subsection{\cs{extrarowheight}\, \cs{extrarowdepth}\, and\, \cs{extrarowsep}}
% \label{extrarowsep.subsec}
%
% \begin{declcs}{extrarowheight}$=$\meta{dimen} \\
%       \csanchor{extrarowdepth}$=$\meta{dimen}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{extrarowheight} is a dimension defined in \xfile{array.sty} whose purpose is to add -- inconditionally --
% some more height to each line in a tabular.
% Similarly, \cs{extrarowdepth} (defined in \xfile{tabu.sty}) is added -- inconditionally as well -- to the depth of each line.
%
% Both \cs{extrarowheight} and \cs{extrarowdepth} are scaled by \cs{arraystretch}\footnote{\cs{arraystretch} is not a dimension
% but a macro that stores a scaling factor.} if \cs{arraystretch}$>1$.
%
% \begin{declcs}{extrarowsep}$=$\meta{dimen}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{extrarowsep} makes the assignment for both \csref{extrarowheight} and \csref{extrarowdepth}.
% The macro can be prefixed by \cs{global}\footnote{However \cs{extrarowsep} is not a dimension !
% You can't test, for example, \cs{ifdim}\cs{extrarowsep}$>0pt$ ! Test \cs{extrarowheight} and \cs{extrarowdepth} instead, if needed.}.
%
% Examples \textcolor{gray}{(with \cs{tabustrutrule}$=2pt$ to see the struts)}:\enlargethispage\baselineskip
%
%  \tabulinestyle{test=1pt blue,testdash=.7pt on1.2pt off 2pt blue}
%
% {
% \def\arraystretch{1}\tabustrutrule=0pt
% \def\smalltest#1#2{\begin{tabu}{#1} \hline   #2 \\ \hline \end{tabu}}
%
% \def\test#1{{\tabustrutrule=0pt\tabulinesep=2pt\extrarowsep=0pt
%    \begin{tabu}to 15cm{@{}|[test]*3{>{\tabustrutrule=2pt\tabulinesep=0pt\extrarowsep=#1}X[mc]|[test]}>{\tabustrutrule=2pt\tabulinesep=0pt\extrarowsep=#1}X[1.3mc]|[test]}
%    \tabucline[test]-
%    \rowfont\bfseries
%    Standard \textt c column & \textt{X[-1,c]} columns & Math mode & Mixed: \textt{X[-1c]X[-1c\$]}
%    \\ \tabucline[test]-
%       \smalltest{*2c}{One & Two \\ \hline Three & Four }
%    &
%       \smalltest{*2{X[-1,c]}}{One & Two \\ \hline Three & Four }
%    &
%       $\smalltest{*2c}{\alpha & \beta \\ \hline \dfrac \Phi \theta & \Gamma_x^t}$
%    &
%       \smalltest{X[-1c]X[-1c$]}{First  & \dpartial \Phi \theta \\ \hline Second & \dtotal \theta t}
%    \\ \tabucline[testdash]-
%    \multicolumn4{|[test]c|[test]}{\cs{extrarowsep}=$#1$}
%    \\ \tabucline[test]-
%    \end{tabu}
%    }}
%
%    \tikz{
%       \papergraduate [xcolor=ForestGreen,ycolor=Maroon,opacity=.3] (0,0)  (158mm,46mm);
%       \node at (5mm,5mm) [anchor=south west,inner sep=0pt] {\test{3mm}};
%    }
%    ^^A\pagebreak
%
%    \tikz{
%       \papergraduate[xcolor=ForestGreen,ycolor=Maroon,opacity=.3] (0,0)  (158mm,40mm);
%       \node at (5mm,5mm) [anchor=south west,inner sep=0pt] {\test{0mm}};
%    }
% }
%
%
% \subsection{\cs{abovetabulinesep}\, \cs{belowtabulinesep}\, and\, \cs{tabulinesep}}
% \label{tabulinesep.subsec}
%
% \begin{declcs}{abovetabulinesep}$=$\meta{dimen}  \\
%      \csanchor{belowtabulinesep}$=$\meta{dimen}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{abovetabulinesep} is the \emph{minimal} vertical space allowed between the cell content
% and the cell top border. Setting this dimension to a positive value will insert -- conditionally,
% depending on the cell content -- a vertical space above the cell content.
%
% \cs{belowtabulinesep} is conversely the minimal vertical space allowed to the bottom border of the cell.
% When \cs{belowtabulinesep}$>0pt$ a vertical space is inserted -- conditionnally, depending on the cell
% content -- below the cell content.
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabulinesep}$=$\meta{dimen}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{tabulinesep} makes the assignment for both \csref{abovetabulinesep} and \csref{belowtabulinesep}.
% The macro can be prefixed by \cs{global}\footnote{However \cs{tabulinesep} is not a dimension !
% You can't test, for example, \cs{ifdim}\cs{tabulinesep}$>0pt$ !
% Test \cs{abovetabulinesep} and \cs{belowtabulinesep} instead, if needed.}.
%
% This parameter can be used in text and math modes to give more vertical space between lines,
% especially when using math formulae.
%
% Examples \textcolor{gray}{(with \cs{tabustrutrule}$=2pt$ to see the struts)}:
%
%
%\begin{tikzpicture}
%
% \papergraduate (0,0)  (158mm,32mm);
%
% \node at (5mm,5mm) [anchor=south west,inner sep=0pt]
% {{\tabulinesep=4pt\tabustrutrule=0pt\extrarowsep0pt
%  \def\test#1{\tabulinesep=#1 \ifdim\abovetabulinesep>0pt \tabustrutrule=2pt\fi
%      \begin{tabu}{|*2{X[-1c$]|}} \hline
%      \dpartial \Phi \theta & \dtotal \theta t \\ \hline
%      \end{tabu}}%
%  \begin{tabu} to 15cm{@{}|[test]*3{X[cm]|[test]}} \tabucline[test]-
%      \test{0mm}
%  &
%      \test{1mm}
%  &
%      \test{3mm}
%  \\ \tabucline[testdash]-
%     \cs{tabulinesep}$=0mm$ & \cs{tabulinesep}$=1mm$ & \cs{tabulinesep}$=3mm$
%  \\ \tabucline[test]-
%  \end{tabu}
%  }
% };
% \end{tikzpicture}
%
% \centerline{Now you can compare with \csref{extrarowsep}:}
%
% \begin{tikzpicture}
%
% \papergraduate (0,0)  (158mm,29mm);
%
% \node at (5mm,5mm) [anchor=south west,inner sep=0pt]
% {{\tabulinesep=4pt\tabustrutrule=0pt\extrarowsep0pt
%  \def\test#1{\tabulinesep=0pt\extrarowsep=#1 \ifdim\extrarowdepth>0pt \tabustrutrule=2pt\fi
%      \begin{tabu}{|*2{X[-1c$]|}} \hline
%      \dpartial \Phi \theta & \dtotal \theta t \\ \hline
%      \end{tabu}}%
%  \begin{tabu} to 15cm{@{}|[test]*3{X[cm]|[test]}} \tabucline[test]-
%      \test{0mm}
%  &
%      \test{1mm}
%  &
%      \test{3mm}
%  \\ \tabucline[testdash]-
%     \cs{extrarowsep}$=0mm$ & \cs{extrarowsep}$=1mm$ & \cs{extrarowsep}$=3mm$
%  \\ \tabucline[test]-
%  \end{tabu}
%  }
% };
% \end{tikzpicture}
%
%
%
%
%
% Presently (version 2.1), non zero value for \cs{tabulinesep} does not work properly with \cs{firsthline} and \cs{lasthline},
% but you may use \cs{hline}, \csref{tabucline} and \Xpackage{booktabs} \cs{toprule}, \cs{midrule} and \cs{bottomrule}.
%
%
%
%
% \begin{declcs}{tabustrutrule}$=$\meta{dimen}
% \end{declcs}
%
%  For debugging purpose only (or to learn how this works): \cs{tabustrutrule} behaves like \TeX{} \cs{overfullrule}
%  and allows to see the struts introduced inside the cells to control the vertical spacing between lines.
%  Struts are only inserted inside paragraph columns (\textt p,\, \textt m,\, \textt b\, columns and also
%  \textt X columns which are paragraph columns as well).
%
%  Normally, those struts are rules of width \textt{0pt}.
%
%
% \section(Saving and restoring tabu){Saving and restoring a \textt{tabu}: \cs{savetabu}, \cs{usetabu} and \cs{preamble}}
%
% \begin{declcs}{savetabu}\M{user-name}
% \end{declcs}
%
% The command \cs{savetabu} can be used at the end of any line of a \textt{tabu} environment to save the
% target width (or the spread), the columns specifications (tabular preamble) and the widths of
% \textt{tabu X} columns (if there is any).
% This possibility allows to easily make tabulars which share exactly the same shape
% throughout your document. This can also be used as a kind of \textt{tabbing} environment
% which is able to remember the tabs positions.
%
% If the \meta{user-name} has been used before, an info is displayed in the \xext{log} file and the
% previous settings are overwritten.
%
% With the \hyperref[debugshow]{\textt{debugshow} package option} (or \csref{tracingtabu}) the informations
% saved by \cs{savetabu} are reported in the \xext{log} file.
%
%
% \begin{declcs}{usetabu}\M{user-name}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{usetabu} is the complement of \cs{savetabu}: it can be put alone in the \textt{tabu}
% preamble instead of the usual columns specifications
% to restore any previous settings saved with \cs{savetabu}.
% The \meta{user-name} must exist otherwise, you get an error.
% \cs{usetabu} is a help to \textbf{make several tabulars of exactly the same shape, same target,
% same preamble.} The only parameter that can be changed is the optional vertical position parameter
% for the whole tabular.
%
% \cs{usetabu} does not work with \hyperref[longtabu.sec]{\textt{longtabu}}.
%
% \needspace{2\baselineskip}
%
% \cs{usetabu} locally restores:\nobreak
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the preamble\footnote{The complete \cs{halign}-preamble is restored.}.
% \item the vertical position \M*[c],\, \M*[b]\, or\, \M*[t], unless another position is specified.
% \item the target width of the \textt{tabu} in points: the saved target width does not contain
%       any control sequence: it is fixed and stored in points.
% \item the width of \textt{tabu X} columns: those widths are not calculated any more, even in the case
%       of negativ coefficients and \textt{X} columns are directly transformed into
%       \textt p, \textt m or \textt b columns of the same widths as the ones that where calculated
%       at the time of \cs{savetabu}
% \item \cs{tabcolsep} (or \cs{arraycolsep} in math mode) and \cs{arraystretch}
% \item \cs{arrayrulewidth},\hfil \cs{doublerulesep},\hfil \cs{extrarowheight},\hfil \csref{extrarowdepth},\hfil \linebreak
%       and \, \cs{extratabsurround}.
% \item \cs{minrowclearance},\, \cs{arrayrulecolor} \, and \, \cs{doublerulesepcolor} \, (package \Xpackage{colortbl})
% \end{itemize}
%
% \csref{abovetabulinesep}\,and\, \csref{belowtabulinesep} are not restored, because they are related to the
% content of the tabular rather than to its shape, and\, \csref{tabustrutrule}\, is not restored because of
% its ``debugging'' nature.
% \medskip
%
% Example:
%
%  \begin{Verb*}
%  \extrarowheight=5pt\tabcolsep=12pt\arrayrulecolor{ForestGreen}
%  \begin{tabu}to .7\linewidth{|XXX|X[c]|} ($db(\savetabu)){mytabu}   \tabucline*[on1pt]-
%   This & is & tabu & package                                             \\ \tabucline*[on1pt]-
%  \end{tabu}
%  \arrayrulecolor{black}
%  \end{Verb*}
%
%  \begin{center}
%  \tabulinestyle{myline=on1pt}\extrarowheight=5pt\tabcolsep=12pt\arrayrulecolor{ForestGreen}
%  \begin{tabu}to .7\linewidth{|XXX|X[c]|} \savetabu{mytabu} \tabucline*[myline]-
%   This & is & tabu & package             \\ \tabucline*[myline]-
%  \end{tabu}
%  \arrayrulecolor{black}
%  \end{center}
%
%  \begin{Verb*}
%  \begin{tabu}{($db(\usetabu)){mytabu}}                                          \tabucline*[on1pt]-
%  \multicolumn3{|c}{This is tabu} & package                         \\ \tabucline*[on1pt]-
%  \tabuphantomline
%  \end{tabu}
%  \end{Verb*}
%
%  \begin{center}
%  \begin{tabu}{\usetabu{mytabu}}            \tabucline*[myline]-
%  \multicolumn3{|c|}{This is tabu} & package    \\ \tabucline*[myline]-
%  \tabuphantomline
%  \end{tabu}
%  \end{center}
%
%
% If one day you use \textt{tabu}, you will have the idea to restore a \textt{tabu} while modifying its target,
% or adding new columns... \cs{savetabu} and \cs{usetabu} have not been thought for this purpose, and you may
% have unexpected results.
%
% \begin{declcs}{preamble}\M{user-name}
% \end{declcs}
%
% \cs{preamble} can also be used after \csref{savetabu}. This is a variant of \cs{usetabu} that locally restores:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the \textt{tabu} (or \textt{longtabu}) preamble.
% \item the vertical position \M*[c],\, \M*[b]\, or\, \M*[t]  (or \M*[c],\, \M*[l]\, or\, \M*[r] for \textt{longtabu}),
%       unless another position is specified.
% \item the \textt{tabu} / \textt{longtabu} target width, unless another target is specified.
% \end{itemize}
% Any other tabular parameter is not restored.
%
% Put \cs{preamble}\M{user-name} alone inside the \textt{tabu} (or \textt{longtabu}) preamble in place of the usual
% columns specifications.
%
% \cs{preamble} works exactly as if you defined a \hyperref[Custom environments]{custom environment} for \textt{tabu}.
%
% \cs{preamble} works with \hyperref[longtabu.sec]{\textt{longtabu}}.
%
% Example (continued...):
%
% \begin{Verb*}
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{($db(\preamble)){mytabu}} \tabucline[1pt off1pt]-
% This       &is &tabu &package        \\\tabucline[1pt off1pt]-
% \end{tabu}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% \begin{tabu} to\linewidth{\preamble{mytabu}} \tabucline[1pt off1pt]-
% This       &is &\textt{tabu} &package \\\tabucline[1pt off1pt]-
% \end{tabu}
%
% \cs{arrayrulecolor}, \cs{tabcolsep} \etc. are not restored from \cs{savetabu}.
%
%
% \section(Differences: tabu, tabular, tabularx, longtable){Differences between \textt{tabu},\, \textt{tabular},\, \textt{tabularx} and \textt{longtable}}
%
% \subsection{Paragraph indentation}
%
% See \nameref{Paragraph indentation.subsec}
%
% \subsection{Custom environments}
% \label{Custom environments}
%
% Unlike \textt{tabularx}, it is possible to define your own environment using \textt{tabu}:
%
% \begin{Verb}
% \newenvironment{foo}
%     {\begin{tabu}{X[1.2]|[1pt gray]X}}
%     {\end{tabu}}
% \end{Verb}
%
% \newenvironment{footabu}
%     {\begin{tabu}{@{}X[1.2]|[1pt,gray]X@{}}}
%     {\end{tabu}}
%
% \begin{footabu}
% \textt{tabu} environment, even when \textt X columns are used, may appear
% in the definition of your custom tabular environment.
% &
% You can also use the commands \csref{savetabu}\, \csref{preamble}\, (or\, \csref{usetabu}) for this purpose.
% \end{footabu}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Inversion of tokens}
% \label{subsec:inversion of tokens}
%
% \begin{SaveVerbatim}{tempVerb}
% \begin{tabular}{|>{\bfseries}>{ before }l<{ one }<{ two }|}
%     cell content
% \end{tabular}
% \end{SaveVerbatim}
%
%
% When you typeset the following \textt{tabular}:
% \UseVerbatim{tempVerb}
%
% \begin{tabu}to .9\linewidth{XX} \savetabu{tabbing}
% You get the following result:
% &
% \begin{tabular}{|>{\bfseries}>{ before }l<{ one }<{ two }|}
%     cell content
% \end{tabular}
% \end{tabu}
%
%
% \smex The word \emph{before} is not bold, and \textitbf{two} comes before \textitbf{one}.
%
% The reason is explained in the documentation of \xfile{array.sty}, and is related
% to the \textt{array} environment in math mode when using \cs{newcolumntype}.
%
% This rather strange inversion of tokens may be justified in math mode (otherwise, errors may occur)
% but not in text mode in our opinion. Inside a \textt{tabu} environment, when not in math mode,
% the tokens are not reversed and you get the intuitively expected result:
%
% \begin{tabu}{\usetabu{tabbing}}
% &
% \begin{tabu}{|>{\bfseries}>{ before }l<{ one }<{ two }|}
%     cell content
% \end{tabu}
% \end{tabu}
%
% In math mode however, tokens are in the reverse order in the \textt{tabu} environment
% like they are in the \textt{array} environment.
%
% \subsection(Improved rewrite process){Improved process for rewritting columns \textmd{\emph{(for keen readers)}}}
%
% Any tabular that does not split accross pages is made with the following process:
%
% \begin{tikzpicture}[
%    start chain=going below, every join/.style={->,thin,black,solid},node distance=.5cm and 1cm,
%    every node/.style={black,on chain}]
% \node (initialisation) at (0,0) {\begin{tabu}{c} initialisation \\ \cs{hbox}\end{tabu}}
%  node (@array) [join] {\cs{@array}}
%  {[start branch]
%        node (@arraydesc) [join] {%
%          \begin{tabu}\{{l}.
%             \begin{tabu}[c].{l}\}
%             \cs{begingroup} \\
%             \qquad \cs{@mkpream}\M*{preamble} \\
%             \cs{endgroup} \\
%             \end{tabu} ``\textt{@mkpream}'' group
%             \\[4ex]
%             \cs{halign}\M*{\cs{@preamble} \textellipsis\ tabular content }
%          \end{tabu}}
%  }
%  node (end) [join] {end of \cs{hbox}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
%
% For more details, see the \nameref{Flow chart of expansion}.
% \pagebreak
%
% \cs{@mkpream} works in two times inside a (semi-simple) group:
%
% \begin{description}[font=\mdseries\itshape,topsep=0pt,itemsep=0pt]
% \item [First the rewriting process:] \ \\
%    Each special column in the tabular preamble is transformed into
%    one the columns defined by \xfile{array.sty}.
% \item [Second the building of the \textup{\cs{halign}} preamble:] \ \\
%    The ``rewritten preamble'' is parsed and transformed in a preamble for the \TeX{} primitive
%    \cs{halign}. The result is stored into the \cs{@preamble} macro.
% \end{description}
%
% Any special columns of \textt{tabu} are defined only inside the ``\textt{@mkpream}'' group.
%
% In the following example, you get an error with \textt{tabular} and no error with \textt{tabu}.
% With \textt{tabular}, and \xpackage{siunitx} \textt S column, the {\descfont\mdseries\itshape rewritting process}
% is as follow:\nobreak
%
% \begin{SaveVerbatim}{siunitx}
% \documentclass{minimal}
% \usepackage{numprint,siunitx,xcolor}
% \usepackage{tabu}
% \begin{document}
%
% \begin{tabular}{*2{S[color=green]}}
%     123,45
% \end{tabular}
%
% \begin{tabu}{*2{S[color=green]}}
%     123,45
% \end{tabu}
%
% \end{document}
% \end{SaveVerbatim}
%
% \begin{tabu}{@{}X[m]X[m1.2]@{}}
% \UseVerbatim{siunitx}
% &
% Inside \textt{tabular}:
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*),topsep=\parskip,itemsep=.5\parskip,leftmargin=3em]
% \item Rewrite \textt S: not found because inside \M*{...}
% \item Rewrite \stform*
% \item Rewrite \textt n column defined by package \xpackage{numprint} \\
%       Then the \textt `n' in \textt{gree\textcolor{red}n} is rewritten \smex problem
% \end{enumerate}
% \vskip1ex
% Inside \textt{tabu}:
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*),itemsep=.5\parskip,topsep=\parskip,parsep=\parskip,leftmargin=3em]
% \item Rewrite \stform*
% \item Rewrite \textt\textbar\ (there is none here)
% \interitem \textt{\scshape go back}
% \item Rewrite \stform*
% \item Rewrite \textt\textbar\
% \item Rewrite \textt S
% \item Rewrite \textt n \smex not found because \textt S was rewritten before, according to \xpackage{siunitx} definition.
% \end{enumerate}
% \end{tabu}
%
% The process of rewritting columns is usually longer inside \textt{tabu} than inside \textt{tabular},
% but conversely \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns is optimised compared to \textt{tabularx},
% because the preamble is built only once, and not rebuilt before each trial as \textt{tabularx} does.
% Thus \textt{tabu} is much quicker than \textt{tabularx}.
%
% The process of rewritting is very sensitiv to the order in which columns are actually rewritten.
% This becomes critical when columns are defined with an optional argument like \xpackage{tabu} \textt X
% and \textttbf\textbar\ columns or \xpackage{siunitx} \textt S column.
%
% If it possible to define a new column types using the \textt X token for use with \textt{tabu}:\nobreak
% \begin{Verb*}
% \newcolumntype{C}{X[c]}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% it is not recommanded no nest such constructions like:
% \begin{Verb*}
% \newcolumntype{Q}{>{\color{green}}C}
% \end{Verb*}
%
% In fact, a problem may arise in nested \textt{tabu}{\small s} if such a \textt Q column
% is defined before the \textt C column...
%
% Well, just avoid to nest new column types definitions !
%
%
% \clearpage
% \section{The package options}
%
% \subsection(The debugshow option){The \textt{debugshow} package option}
% \label{debugshow}
%
% \begin{declcs}{tracingtabu} \\
%            \cs{tracingtabu}\,=\,2
% \end{declcs}
%
% The control sequence \cs{tracingtabu} has the same effect as the \textt{debugshow} option:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \xpackage{tabu} will report the widths it computes at each attempt to read the target,
%        when \textt X columns are used.
% \item Saved informations on the \textt{tabu} are reported in the \xext{log} file when \cs{savetabu}
%       is used.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
% Typical information in the \xext{log} file:
%
% {\ttfamily \noindent \tabcolsep=2pt
% \begin{tabu}{cr*{3}{>{\centering}X[2]}>{\centering}X>{\centering}X[2]}
% \rowfont[c]{}
% (tabu)     &Try &tabu X                                        &tabu Width  &Target      &Coefs &Update \\
% (tabu)     &1)  &386.67296pt                                   &797.34592pt &386.67296pt &2.0pt &-205.33649pt \\
% (tabu)     &2)  &181.33647pt                                   &386.67294pt &386.67296pt &2.0pt &0.00002pt \\
% (tabu)     &2)  & \multicolumn5l{\ \ Target reached (hfuzz=0.1pt) **************** }\\
% \end{tabu}}
%
% What does it mean? \def\pt#1{$#1$\textt{pt}}
% \begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*),topsep=0pt,itemsep=\parskip,parsep=0pt]
% \item The first attempt was performed with \textt{X}$=$\pt{386.67296} \\
%       The \textt{tabu} width (\pt{797.34592}) exceeded the target by \pt{410.67296}. \\
%       Thus \textt X has been updated: \pt{410.67296} $/2=$ \pt{205.33649} and then:\\
%       \null\quad\textt X $=$ \pt{386.67296} $-$ \pt{205.33649} $=$ \pt{181.33647}
% \item The second attempt lead to a \textt{tabu} width of \pt{386.67294}: the target is reached. \\
%       The final width of each \textt X column is the product of \textt{tabu X} by its width coefficient.
% \end{enumerate}
%
% \cs{tracingtabu}=2 gives even more information about the measuring of natural widths of columns.
%
% \subsection(The linegoal option){The \textt{linegoal} package option}
% \label{subsec:linegoal package option}
%
% With the \textt{linegoal} option, the default target for \textt{tabu} with \textt{X} columns is
% \cs{linegoal} instead of \cs{linewidth}.
% The \xpackage{linegoal} package must be loaded and compilation must be done with \hologo{pdfTeX},
% otherwise, a warning is displayed and the \textt{linegoal} option has no effect: the default
% target remains \cs{linewidth}. \cs{linegoal} works with \hologo{pdfTeX} in \textt{pdf} mode
% \textbf{and in} \textt{dvi} mode.
%
% If for some reason, you wish to turn down the \textt{linegoal} option in your document,
% you can say (in a group for example):
% \verb+\let\tabudefaulttarget=\linewidth+
%
% In any case, specifying the target overwrites the default: \cs{begin}\M*{tabu} to\cs{linewidth}
%
% \subsection(The delarray option){The \textt{delarray} package option}
%
% \textt{delarray} option has the single effect to load \xfile{delarray.sty} for delimiters shortcuts
% around \textt{tabu}. Delimiters shortcuts work both in math and text mode.
%
%
% \subsection(The light option){The \textt{light} package option}
% \label{sec:light package option}
%
%
% When you enter a \textt{tabu} environment, two macros amongst the smallest possible of \xfile{array.sty}
% are modified:
% these are \cs{prepnext@tok}, which is expanded while \cs{@mkpream} builds the \cs{halign} preamble
% and \cs{save@decl} to avoid inversion of tokens in text mode (see \nameref{subsec:inversion of tokens}).
%
% Modification of \cs{prepnext@tok} is loaded only inside the \textt{tabu} environment, while
% the modification of \cs{save@decl} is loaded only inside the group in which \cs{@mkpream} works: this is
% very very local to \textt{tabu} and cannot interfere with any other tabular !
%
% \cs{prepnext@tok} could have been loaded inside the \cs{@mkpream} group as well, but then \cs{rowfont}
% would not have worked inside \textt{array} or \textt{tabular} nested into a \textt{tabu}. Thus the choice.
%
% As you see, these modifications do no modify \textt{tabular}, \textt{tabular*}, \textt{tabularx}, \textt{longtable}
%  \etc \etc \etc
%
% If for some reason you prefer the original macros of \xfile{array.sty}, then you can load \thispackage with
% the ``\textt{light}'' option.
% As a consequence: \cs{rowfont},\, \cs{tabucline}\, and\, \cs{everyrow} will not be available,
% and vertical lines \texttt\textbar\ will not have an optional argument for their widths and color.
% However, \textt{tabu X} columns will work normally.
%
% ^^A\medskip
% ^^A As the author of \thispackage, I often use the \textt{light} option when implementing \textt{tabu}, for the
% ^^A\xext{log} file is lighter too...
%
%
% \section(Corrections){Corrections of some bugs \textmd{\emph{(available only inside \textt{\upshape tabu})}}}
%
% \subsection(delarray compatibility){Correction for \xpackage{colortbl} and \xpackage{arydshln}: compatibility with \xpackage{delarray}}
%
% Both \xpackage{colortbl} and \xpackage{arydshln} forget the control sequence \cs{@arrayright} in their implementation,
% quite strangely because both of them take care of \cs{@arrayleft}. As a result, \xpackage{delarray} shortcuts for
% delimiters around a tabular does not work if \xpackage{colortbl} and/or \xpackage{arydshln} are loaded.
%
% Those control sequences are used by the \xpackage{delarray} package to put variable size delimiters around the array:
%
% {\centering\tabcolsep=12pt
% \begin{tabu}{X[-1m]X[-1mc]X[-1m]}
% \verbatim{\begin{tabu}\{{X}.^^@ ...^^@ \end{tabu}} &
%     is like: &
%           \verbatim{\left\{ \begin{tabu}{X}^^@ ...^^@ \end{tabu} \right.}
% \end{tabu}\par}
%
%
% \subsection(arydshln @ columns){Correction for \xpackage{arydshln}: \texttbf @ columns}
%
% A bug in \cs{adl@xarraydashrule}: \textt{!-arg} columns (class 1) and \textt{@-arg} columns (class 5) should be treated
% the same as far as rules are concerned.
%
% With this correction, the ``known problem number 1'' in \xpackage{arydshln} documentation is solved.
%
%
% \section{To do for even better \textt{tabus}}
%
% In decreasing order of priority:
%
% \nprounddigits{0}
% \begin{itemize}[leftmargin=*,label=\ding{223}]
% \item Implement \cs{tabulineskiplimit} in a manner close to \xpackage{tabls} \cs{tabulinesep}
%       or \xpackage{cellspace} \textt S columns-modifier.
% \item Make double \cs{tabucline} compatible with \xpackage{colortbl} \cs{doublerulesepcolor}
% \item Multiple \cs{tabucline} between different columns: extended specs: \\
%        \cs{tabucline}\M[line spec]\M*{start-stop, start-stop}\M[line spec]\M*{start-stop} ...
% \item Presently, \textt{longtabu} with \textt X columns works only if \cs{LTchunksize} is greater than the number of rows.
%       I compiled a \textt{longtabu} of 56 pages on my PC with \cs{LTchunksize} $ = $ \numprint{2000} without problem.
%       Presently \cs{LTchunksize} is set to \numprint{10000} during trials when \textt{longtabu} contains \textt{X columns}.
% \item Make \cs{tabucline} work with page breaks (one line on the top of the page, one line on the bottom of the previous).
% \item An environment ``\textt{calstabu}'' based on the \Xpackage{cals} package but with the syntax of \textt{tabular} if possible...
% \end{itemize}
%
% \raggedbottom
%
%
% \StopEventually{
% }
%
% \IMPLEMENTATION
%
% \subsection{Identification, requirements and options}
%
% The package namespace is \textttbf{\macrocodecolor tabu@}.
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
\ProvidesPackage{tabu}[2011/01/19 v2.1 - flexible LaTeX tabulars (FC)]
\RequirePackage{array}[2008/09/09]
\RequirePackage{varwidth}[2009/03/30]
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    Minimal catcode acertaining for loading \thispackage in good conditions:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfPackage{\tabu@AtEnd\let\tabu@AtEnd\@undefined}
\let\tabu@AtEnd\@empty
\def\TMP@EnsureCode#1#2{%
  \edef\tabu@AtEnd{%
    \tabu@AtEnd
    \catcode#1 \the\catcode#1\relax
  }%
  \catcode#1 #2\relax
}% \TMP@EnsureCode
\TMP@EnsureCode{33}{12} % !
\TMP@EnsureCode{124}{12}% |
\TMP@EnsureCode{0}{12}%  ^^@
\TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $ = math shift
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tracingtabu (debugshow option)}
%
%    \cs{tracingtabu} is the same as option \textt{debugshow}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tracingtabu{\begingroup\@ifnextchar=%
   {\afterassignment\tabu@tracing\count@}
   {\afterassignment\tabu@tracing\count@1\relax}}
\def\tabu@tracing{\expandafter\endgroup
   \expandafter\tabu@tr@cing\number\count@\@nil
}% \tabu@tracing
\def\tabu@tr@cing #1\@nil{%
   \ifnum#1>\z@
      \let\tabu@message \message    \let\tabu@message@save \tabu@tracing@save
      \ifdefined \pdfelapsedtime
         \def\tabu@timerstart  {\edef\tabu@starttime{\the\pdfelapsedtime}}%
         \let\tabu@elapsedtime \tabu@message@etime \fi
      \ifnum#1>\@ne  \let\tabu@debug   \message
      \else          \let\tabu@debug   \@gobble \fi
   \else
      \let\tabu@message         \@gobble
      \let\tabu@message@save    \@gobble
      \let\tabu@debug           \@gobble
      \let\tabu@timerstart      \relax
   \fi
}% \tabu@tr@cing
\tracingtabu=\z@
\DeclareOption{debugshow}{\AtEndOfPackage{\tracingtabu=2\relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{linegoal (package option)}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\tabudefaulttarget    \linewidth
\DeclareOption{linegoal}{%
   \AtEndOfPackage{%
      \RequirePackage{linegoal}[2010/12/07]%
      \let\tabudefaulttarget \linegoal% \linegoal is \linewidth if not pdfTeX
}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{delarray (package option)}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{delarray}{%
   \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{delarray}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{light (package option)}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{light}{%
   \AtEndOfPackage{%
   \let\tabu@prepnext@tok \prepnext@tok    \let\tabu@save@decl \save@decl
   \let\tabu@rowfont      \tabu@norowfont  \let\tabucline      \tabu@nocline
   \let\tabu@firstcline   \relax           \let\tabu@lines     \relax
   \let\tabu@setup@everycr\relax           \let\tabu@multicolumn \multicolumn
   }
}
\def\tabu@norowfont{\PackageError{tabu}
   {\string\rowfont\space is not available with option `light'}\@ehd}
\def\tabu@nocline{\PackageError{tabu}
   {\string\tabucline\space is not available with option `light'}\@ehd}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptions
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%  At Begin Document,a fix for \xpackage{arydshln} and \xpackage{colortbl} comptability with \xpackage{delarray}
%  shortcuts available inside \textt{tabu}: requirement for this fix is checked by \cs{tabu@fix@arrayright}.
%
%  Then the switch \cs{iftabu@colortbl} is set.
%
%  Finally, \cs{longtabu} is defined only if the \xpackage{longtable} package is detected.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \expandafter\in@ \expandafter\@arrayright\expandafter{\endarray}%
   \ifin@ \let\tabu@endarray \endarray
   \else  \tabu@fix@arrayright \fi % <fix for colortbl & arydshln (delarray)>
   \@ifpackageloaded{colortbl} \tabu@colortbltrue \tabu@colortblfalse
   \@ifpackageloaded{arydshln}{}
      {\let\tabu@adl@fix \relax \let\tabu@adl@endTRIAL \@empty}%
   \@ifpackageloaded{longtable}{}{\let\longtabu \tabu@nolongtabu}%
   \@ifpackageloaded{cellspace} \tabu@warn@cellspace \relax
}
\def\tabu@warn@cellspace{%
   \PackageWarning{tabu}{%
      Package cellspace has some limitations \MessageBreak
      And redefines some macros of array.sty.\MessageBreak
      Please use \string\tabulinesep\space to control\MessageBreak
      vertical spacing of lines inside tabu environnement}%
}% \tabu@warn@cellspace
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Some constants}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cnt}
%
%    Used in in \cs{tabu@arith} (the number of trials) and \cs{tabu@prepnext@tok} (for \cs{rowfont}).
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@nbcols}
%
%    A counter that save the number of columns of the \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@X@cols}
%
%    Used only when \textt{tabu X} columns are used with ``\textt{tabu spread}''.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@nested}
%
%    A counter that stores the deepness of nested \textt{tabu}'s.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@start}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@stop}
%
%    Counters used for \csref{tabucline} to get the starting and ending columns.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount \tabu@cnt
\newcount \tabu@nbcols
\newcount \tabu@X@cols
\newcount \tabu@nested
\newcount \tabu@start
\newcount \tabu@stop
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@target}
%
%    Stores the \textt{tabu} target (either ``\textt{to}'' or ``\textt{spread}'').
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@spreadtarget}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@naturalX}
%
%    Used only when \textt{tabu X} columns are used with ``\textt{tabu spread}'',
%    or with negativ coefficients.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen \tabu@target
\newdimen \tabu@spreadtarget
\newdimen \tabu@naturalX
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabucolX}
%
%    The dimen corresponding to the preamble token \textt{X[1]}: the standard width of \textt X columns.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@X@sum}
%
%    Stores the sum of all width coefficients for \textt X columns.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabucolX@error}
%
%     In case of \textt X columns too narrow.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen \tabucolX
\newdimen \tabu@X@sum
\newdimen \tabucolX@error \tabucolX@error=1em
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\abovetabulinesep}
%    \begin{macro}{\belowtabulinesep}
%    \begin{macro}{\extrarowdepth}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabustrutrule}
%
%    The two dimensions \cs{abovetabulinesep} and \cs{belowtabulinesep} allow to control
%    vertical spacing of lines inside a \textt{tabu} in a way similar to the philosophy of
%    \Xpackage{cellspace}. However, limitations of \xpackage{cellspace} are lifted
%    (nested \textt{tabu} environments, use of colors... see the
%    \refitem{cellspace limitations}[\xpackage{cellspace} limitations] in the revision history).
%
%    The dimen \cs{tabustrutrule} is here only for debugging purpose: its value must be \textt{0pt}.
%    It behaves like \TeX{} \cs{overfullrule} to see the struts introduced to control the
%    vertical spacing of lines.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen \abovetabulinesep
\newdimen \belowtabulinesep
\newdimen \extrarowdepth
\newdimen \tabustrutrule      \tabustrutrule \z@
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\iftabu@measuring}
%
%    This switch is set to \textt{true} by \cs{tabu@arith} if the trial did not reached the target.
%
%    It is also temporarily set to true when the first \textt X column is encountered in the \textt{tabu} preamble,
%    at the time \cs{@mkpream} scans it to built the \cs{halign} preamble. The first \textt X column found
%    actually triggers some special setup to be expanded before \cs{halign} (see the \hyperref[Flow chart of expansion]{flow chart...})
%
%    \begin{macro}{\iftabu@spread}
%
%    A switch whether ``\textt{tabu spread}'' is used or not.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\iftabu@firstcline}
%
%    A switch to adapt \cs{tabucline} automatically if it comes first in the \textt{tabu} (similar to \cs{firsthline}).
%
%    \begin{macro}{\iftabu@negcoef}
%
%    A switch set to true in case of negativ coef (natural width if less than \textt{X[coef]}).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif \iftabu@measuring
\newif \iftabu@spread
\newif \iftabu@negcoef
\newif \iftabu@firstcline
\newif \iftabu@everyrow
\def\tabu@everyrowtrue{\global\let\iftabu@everyrow \iftrue}
\def\tabu@everyrowfalse{\global\let\iftabu@everyrow \iffalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@box}
%
%    Stores the whole \textt{tabu} when an attempt to adjust \textt X columns is performed.
%
%    It is also used by \cs{tabucline} to save the \cs{@arstrutbox} when inserting a horizontal line.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newsavebox \tabu@box
\chardef \tabu@arstrutbox=\@arstrutbox
\let\tabu@vcenter \vcenter
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@gobblespace}
%
%    A macro which is needed when scanning tokens with \cs{futurelet}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@gobbleopt}
%
%    A macro that gobbles an optional argument.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@ifenvir}
%
%    Check if the current environment is \textt{tabu} or \textt{longtabu} (for \cs{multicolumn}).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@gobblespace#1 {#1}
\def\tabu@gobbleopt#1{\@ifnextchar [{\tabu@gobble@pt{#1}}{#1}}%]
\def\tabu@gobble@pt#1[#2]{#1}
\def\tabu@ifenvir {%
   \csname @\expandafter\ifx\csname\@currenvir\endcsname\tabu
   first\else\expandafter\ifx\csname\@currenvir\endcsname\longtabu
   first\else second\fi\fi oftwo\endcsname
}% \tabu@ifenvir
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@save@decl}
%
%    No inversion on tokens in the \text{tabu} preamble, when not in math mode.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@save@decl{%
   \toks\count@ =\expandafter{\the\toks\expandafter\count@ \@nextchar}%
}% \tabu@save@decl
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@newcolumntype}
%
%    A helper macro to create new column types for \textt{tabu}.
%
%    The column types are not appended to \cs{NC@list} in order to keep them local to \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@privatecolumntype}
%
%    Columns types defined with \cs{tabu@privatecolumntype} are "mounted" only inside the \cs{@mkpream} group
%    of \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@newcolumntype #1{%
   \expandafter\tabu@new@columntype
      \csname NC@find@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
      \csname NC@rewrite@\string#1\endcsname
      {#1}%
}% \tabu@newcolumntype
\def\tabu@new@columntype #1#2#3{%
   \def#1##1#3{\NC@{##1}}%
   \let#2\relax \newcommand*#2%
}% \tabu@new@columntype
\def\tabu@privatecolumntype #1{%
   \expandafter\tabu@private@columntype
      \csname NC@find@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
      \csname NC@rewrite@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
      \csname tabu@NC@find@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
      \csname tabu@NC@rewrite@\string#1\endcsname
      {#1}%
}% \tabu@privatecolumntype
\def\tabu@private@columntype#1#2#3#4{%
   \g@addto@macro\tabu@privatecolumns{\let#1#3\let#2#4}%
   \tabu@new@columntype#3#4%
}% \tabu@private@columntype
\let\tabu@privatecolumns \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{X (private column type)}
%
%     This is the rewrite macro for \textt{tabu X} columns.
%     Such a column has an optional argument: the width coefficient for the \textt{tabu X} column
%     whose default value is 1, and may be some alignments parameters.
%     The coefficient is used in the expression: \textt{p\M*{\cs{dimexpr}\meta{coef}\cs{tabucolX}}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@privatecolumntype X[1][]{\tabu@rewrite@X{#1}%
                             \let\@halignto \relax
                \expandafter \NC@find \tabucolX@rw}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%  The next part of the definition (\cs{tabu@rewrite@X}) can be found page \pageref{tabu X column definition}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\usetabu (private column type)}
%
%    \cs{usetabu} is defined as a \textt{tabu} new column type: loaded only inside the \cs{@mkpream}
%    group inside the \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@privatecolumntype \usetabu [1]{%
   \ifx\\#1\\\tabu@saveerr{}\else
      \@ifundefined{tabu@saved@\string#1}
         {\tabu@saveerr{#1}}
         {\let\tabu@rewrite@X \tabu@rewrite@Xrestore
          \csname tabu@saved@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\z@}%
   \fi
}% \NC@rewrite@\usetabu
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\preamble (private column type)}
%
%    \cs{preamble} is defined as a \textt{tabu} new column type: loaded only inside the \cs{@mkpream}
%    group inside the \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@privatecolumntype \preamble [1]{%
   \ifx\\#1\\\tabu@saveerr{}\else
      \@ifundefined{tabu@saved@\string#1}
         {\tabu@saveerr{#1}}
         {\csname tabu@saved@\string#1\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\@ne}%
   \fi
}% \NC@rewrite@\preamble
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewritefirst (new column type)}
%
%    This new column type is not really a column type! It is always added to a \textt{tabu} preamble
%    in order to do some setup before any other column is rewritten by \cs{@mkpream}.
%
%    Thus, \cs{NC@do}\cs{tabu@rewritefirst} is added \textbf{at the beginning of} \cs{NC@list}
%    at the entry of a (not nested) \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    This ``column type'' sets up the new column type \cs{tabu@rewritelast} which is added to
%    \textbf{at the end of} \cs{NC@list}, and defines the token \texttt X to be rewritten by
%    \cs{tabu@NC@rewrite@X} (in case \xpackage{tabularx} is used with \thispackage, this modification
%    of the \textt X column occurs only inside the group where \cs{@mkpream} does its job).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@newcolumntype \tabu@rewritefirst{%
   \tabu@X@cols \z@
   \let\tabu@dimexpr \relax
   \let\tabu@savepreamble \relax
   \let\NC@rewrite@X \tabu@NC@rewrite@X
   \gdef\tabu@global@temp {\tabu@savepreamble}%
   \aftergroup \tabu@global@temp
   \let\tabu@islast \relax
   \tabu@privatecolumns
   \NC@list{\NC@do\usetabu \NC@do\preamble \NC@do *}%
   \tabu@lines % defines NC@rewrite@| for tabu only (inside @mkpream group)
   \NC@list\expandafter{\the\expandafter\NC@list \expandafter\NC@do \expandafter X%
      \tabu@NC@list \NC@do X\NC@do\tabu@rewritemiddle}%
   \ifcat$\d@llarend\else
      \let\save@decl \tabu@save@decl \fi % no inversion of tokens in text mode
   \NC@find \tabu@rewritemiddle
}% NC@rewrite@\tabu@rewritefirst
\def\tabu@savepreamble{%
   \NC@list\expandafter{\tabu@NC@list}%
   \let\tabu@savedpreamble \@preamble
   \ifdim \tabustrutrule>\z@
      \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{\vrule
         \@height \ht\@arstrutbox
         \@width  \tabustrutrule
         \@depth  \dp\@arstrutbox}%
   \fi
   \ifdim \extrarowdepth>\z@
      \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{\vrule
         \@height \ht\@arstrutbox
         \@width  \tabustrutrule
         \@depth  \dimexpr\dp\@arstrutbox+\arraystretch\extrarowdepth}%
   \fi
}% \tabu@savepreamble
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewritelast (new column type)}
%
%    This new column type is rewritten after \textt X columns, because it is declared by
%    when the column \cs{tabu@rewritefirst} is actually rewritten. In the case where \cs{tabu@target}
%    is $>0$ (either because of ``\textt{tabu to}'' or ``\textt{tabu spread}'' has been called)
%    and if there is no \textt X column, then \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\cs{@flushglue}}} is added
%    at the beginning of the preamble.
%
%    To avoid duplicate margin in the \textt{tabu} we have to test the next token in the preamble.
%    If the next token is \textt\textbar\ or \textt !\ then no margin must be added and
%    \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\cs{@flushglue}}} can be inserted at the beginning of the preamble.
%
%    Otherwise, we must insert \textt{!\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\cs{@flushglue}}} in order to keep the margin.
%
%    \cs{tabu@rewritelast} column type is loaded by \cs{tabu@rewritefirst} column type, only inside the \cs{@mkpream}
%    group inside the \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@newcolumntype \tabu@rewritemiddle{%
   \NC@list\expandafter{\tabu@NC@list \NC@do\tabu@endrewrite \NC@do\tabu@rewritelast}%
   \tabu@checklast
}% \NC@rewrite@\tabu@rewritemiddle
\def\tabu@checklast#1\relax{%
   \def\tabu@temp{#1}%
   \ifx  \tabu@temp\tabu@islast
         \expandafter\tabu@lastrewrite
   \else \let\tabu@islast \tabu@temp
         \expandafter\NC@find \expandafter\tabu@rewritelast
   \fi
   #1\relax
}% \tabu@checklast
\tabu@newcolumntype \tabu@rewritelast{\NC@find \tabu@endrewrite}
\tabu@newcolumntype \tabu@endrewrite{\tabu@checklast}
\def\tabu@lastrewrite{%
   \let\tabu@next \NC@find
   \ifx \@halignto\relax   % found a X column
      \edef\tabu@global@X{\tabu@global@X \tabu@X@cols\the\tabu@X@cols\relax}%
      \ifx \tabu@halignto\relax % X column measure
         \tabu@global@Xnested
         \iftabu@negcoef \aftergroup\tabu@negcoeftrue \fi
         \aftergroup \tabu@prep@TRIAL
      \else \aftergroup \tabu@setup@everycr
      \fi
   \else
      \aftergroup \tabu@setup@everycr
      \ifdim \tabu@target=\z@ \else
         \let\tabu@next \tabu@extracolsep \fi % <need \extracolsep ?>
   \fi
   \let\@halignto \tabu@halignto
   \tabu@next
}% \tabu@lastrewrite
\def\tabu@extracolsep{\futurelet\tabu@temp \tabu@extracol@sep}
\def\tabu@extracol@sep{%
   \ifx \tabu@temp\@sptoken
      \expandafter\tabu@gobblespace \expandafter\tabu@extracol@sep
   \else
      {\endlinechar\m@ne\scantokens{\let\x |}%
      \expandafter}\ifx \x\tabu@temp
         \def\tabu@next {\NC@find @{\extracolsep\@flushglue}}\else
      {\endlinechar\m@ne\scantokens{\let\x !}%
      \expandafter}\ifx \x\tabu@temp
         \def\tabu@next {\NC@find @{\extracolsep\@flushglue}}\else
         \def\tabu@next {\NC@find !{\extracolsep\@flushglue}}\fi\fi
      \expandafter\tabu@next
   \fi
}% \tabu@extracol@sep
\def\tabu@global@Xnested{\expandafter\tabu@global@X@nested
           \csname tabu@global@X\the\tabu@nested\endcsname}
\def\tabu@global@X@nested#1{%
   \global\let#1\tabu@global@X
   \aftergroup\let \aftergroup\tabu@global@X \aftergroup#1%
}% \tabu@global@Xnested
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewrite@multicolumn}
%
%    A special rewrite to allow \texttbf\textbar\M*[...] in \cs{multicolumn} preamble inside \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tabu@newcolumntype \tabu@rewrite@multicolumn{%
   \aftergroup\endgroup % after \@mkpream group (restores \multispan)
   \tabu@lines \NC@list\expandafter{\the\expandafter\NC@list \tabu@NC@list}%
   \ifcat$\d@llarend\else
      \let\save@decl \tabu@save@decl \fi % no inversion of tokens in text mode
   \NC@find
}% \tabu@rewrite@multicolumn
\def\tabu@multicolumn{\tabu@ifenvir \tabu@multic@lumn \tabu@multicolumnORI}
\def\tabu@multic@lumn#1#2{\multispan{#1}\begingroup
   \NC@list{\NC@do \tabu@rewrite@multicolumn}%
   \expandafter\@gobbletwo % gobbles \multispan{#1}
   \tabu@multicolumnORI{#1}{\tabu@rewrite@multicolumn #2}%
}% \tabu@multic@lumn
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\iftabu@colortbl}
%
%    The switch \cs{iftabu@colortbl} is used by \cs{rowfont} when modifying the alignment, because
%    \xpackage{colortbl} changes the glue put inside the \cs{halign} preamble to make standard alignments.
%    This switch is set At Begin Document.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\iftabu@colortbl
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@nowrite}
%
%    A trick (from the \TeX-book) to forbidd \cs{write} when a trial is done on the \cs{halign}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@nowrite#1#{{\afterassignment}\toks@}
\let\tabu@write\write
\let\tabu@immediate\immediate
\protected\def\tabu@GenericError{\begingroup
   \def\immediate\write{\aftergroup\endgroup
      \tabu@immediate\tabu@write}\tabu@GenericErrorORI}%
\let\tabu@GenericErrorORI \GenericError
\protected\def\tabu@warn{\begingroup
   \def\immediate\write{\aftergroup\endgroup
      \tabu@immediate\tabu@write}\PackageWarning{tabu}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{\cs{tabu}, \cs{endtabu}, \cs{longtabu} and \cs{endlontabu}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu}
%
%    \cs{tabu} is the command of the environment.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\endtabu}
%
%    \cs{endtabu} is \cs{endtabular} or \cs{endarray} in math mode.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu{%
   \ifmmode \def\tabu@{\array}\def\endtabu{\endarray}%
   \else    \def\tabu@{\tabular}\def\endtabu{\endtabular}\fi
   \let\tabu@arrayleft@measure \tabu@arrayleftmeasure
   \tabu@setup \tabu@settarget
}% \tabu
\def\longtabu{%
   \ifmmode\PackageError{tabu}{longtabu not allowed in math mode}\fi
   \def\tabu@{\longtable}\def\endlongtabu{\endlongtable}%
   \let\tabu@arrayleft@measure \tabu@long@arrayleft@measure
   \let\LT@startpbox \tabu@LT@startpbox % \everypar{ array strut } instead of { array strut }
   \tabu@setup \tabu@settarget
}% \longtabu
\def\tabu@nolongtabu{\PackageError{tabu}
   {longtabu requires the longtable package}\@ehd}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@setup}
%
%    This macro sets the \textt{tabu X} column definition at the beginning of the \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@setup{%
   \tabu@adl@fix \let\endarray \tabu@endarray % <fix> colortbl & arydshln (delarray)
   \let\tabu@global@X \@empty
   \ifx \verbatim\tabu@sanitizetext      % <nested tabu>
      \advance\tabu@nested \@ne
      \def\tabu@aligndefault{t}\let\tabudefaulttarget \linewidth
   \else
      \tabu@timerstart \global\tabu@footnotes{}\tabu@nested \z@
      \let\tabu@multicolumnORI \multicolumn \let\multicolumn \tabu@multicolumn
      \def\tabu@aligndefault{c}\edef\tabu@hfuzz {\the\hfuzz}%
      \ifdim\parindent>\z@ \ifx\linewidth\tabudefaulttarget
         \everypar\expandafter{%         % correction for indentation
            \the\everypar\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
            \setbox\z@=\lastbox
            \ifdim\wd\z@>\z@ \advance\linewidth -\wd\z@\fi
            \box\z@
         }%
      \fi\fi
   \fi
   \ifcase 0\ifdim\abovetabulinesep>\z@ 1\else\ifdim\belowtabulinesep>\z@ 1\fi\fi
         \let\tabu@celllalign \@empty \let\tabu@cellralign \@empty
   \else \def\tabu@celllalign{\tabu@verticalmeasure}%
         \def\tabu@cellralign{\tabu@verticalspacing}%
   \fi
   \tabu@setup@saveglobal
   \let\@footnotetext \tabu@footnotetext \let\@xfootnotetext \tabu@xfootnotetext
   \let\@xfootnote    \tabu@xfootnote    \let\centering      \tabu@centering
   \let\raggedright   \tabu@raggedright  \let\raggedleft     \tabu@raggedleft
   \tabu@trivlist     %<restore \\=\@normalcr inside lists>
   \def\tabudecimal   {\tabu@tabudecimal}\let\verbatim       \tabu@sanitizetext
   \let\fbox          \tabu@fbox          \let\color@b@x     \tabu@color@b@x
   \let\rowfont       \tabu@rowfont
   \let\prepnext@tok  \tabu@prepnext@tok %<for \rowfont and \tabucline>
   \everycr{}\let\tabu@everycr \everycr
   \tabu@spreadfalse  \tabu@measuringfalse \tabu@negcoeffalse
   \edef\tabu@NC@list{\the\NC@list}\NC@list{\NC@do \tabu@rewritefirst}%
}% \tabu@setup
\def\tabu@setup@saveglobal{{%
   \toks@\expandafter{\tabu@everyrow@hook}%
   \expandafter\xdef\csname tabu@global@\the\tabu@nested\endcsname{%
      \gdef\noexpand\tabu@everyrow@hook {\the\toks@}%
      \noexpand\tabu@everyrowtrue
      \ifcase \tabu@nested
         \noexpand\the \tabu@footnotes
      \else
         \global\tabu@X@cols \the\tabu@X@cols\relax
         \global\tabu@naturalX \the\tabu@naturalX\relax
         \gdef\noexpand\tabu@naturalX@min {\tabu@naturalX@min}%
         \gdef\noexpand\tabu@naturalX@max {\tabu@naturalX@max}%
      \fi}}%
      \expandafter\aftergroup\csname tabu@global@\the\tabu@nested\endcsname
}% \tabu@setup@saveglobal
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@settarget}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@begin}
%
%    The macro sets \cs{tabu@target} (a dimen) to the value specified for ``\textt{tabu to}'' or ``\textt{tabu spread}''.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@settarget{\futurelet\@let@token \tabu@sett@rget}
\def\tabu@sett@rget{\tabu@target\z@
   \ifcase \ifx \bgroup\@let@token 0\else
           \ifx [\@let@token 0\else
           \ifx \@sptoken\@let@token 1\else
           \if t\@let@token 2\else
           \if s\@let@token 3\else
           \m@ne\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
         \expandafter\tabu@begin
   \or   \expandafter\tabu@gobblespace\expandafter\tabu@settarget
   \or   \expandafter\tabu@to
   \or   \expandafter\tabu@spread
   \else \expandafter\tabu@begin
   \fi
}% \tabu@sett@rget
\def\tabu@to to{\def\tabu@halignto{to}\tabu@gettarget}
\def\tabu@spread spread{\tabu@spreadtrue\def\tabu@halignto{spread}\tabu@gettarget}
\def\tabu@gettarget {\afterassignment\tabu@linegoaltarget \tabu@target}
\def\tabu@linegoaltarget {\futurelet\tabu@temp \tabu@linegoal@target}
\def\tabu@linegoal@target {%
   \ifx \tabu@temp\LNGL@setlinegoal
        \LNGL@setlinegoal \expandafter \@firstoftwo \fi % @gobbles \LNGL@setlinegoal
   \tabu@begin
}% \tabu@linegoal@target
\def\tabu@begin #1#{%
   \edef\tabu@halignto{\ifdim\tabu@target>\z@ \tabu@halignto\the\tabu@target\fi}%
   \@testopt \tabu@@begin \tabu@aligndefault #1\@nil
}% \tabu@begin
\def\tabu@@begin [#1]#2\@nil#3{%
   \tabu@preparesave{#3}%     <for \savetabu>
   \def\tabu@align {#1}%
   \tabu@ [\tabu@align]#2{\tabu@rewritefirst #3}%
}% \tabu@@begin
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@preparesave}
%
%    This macro temporarily saves the \textt{tabu} preamble and the settings
%    for \cs{arrayrulewidth}, \cs{extrarowheight} \etc.
%
%    Those values are retrieved by \cs{savetabu}, if invoked inside the \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@preparesave #1{%
   \iftabu@colortbl \@temptokena{}%
      \tabu@prepare@save \CT@arc@
      \tabu@prepare@save \CT@drsc@
   \fi
   \edef\tabu@savedparam{%
      \ifmmode \col@sep \the\arraycolsep
      \else    \col@sep \the\tabcolsep     \fi\relax
      \arrayrulewidth   \the\arrayrulewidth\relax
      \doublerulesep    \the\doublerulesep\relax
      \extrarowheight   \the\extrarowheight\relax
      \extrarowdepth    \the\extrarowdepth\relax
      \extratabsurround \the\extratabsurround\relax
      \def\noexpand\arraystretch {\arraystretch}%
      \iftabu@colortbl \minrowclearance\the\minrowclearance\relax
                       \the\@temptokena
      \fi}%
   \def\tabu@savedpream {\edef\tabu@halignto{to\the\tabu@target}\NC@find #1}%
}% \tabu@preparesave
\def\tabu@prepare@save #1{%
   \ifx\relax#1\else
      \@temptokena\expandafter{\the\expandafter\@temptokena
         \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1}}\fi
}% \tabu@prepare@save
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Footnotes inside \textt{tabu}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@footnotes}
%
%    The (global) token that stores the footnotes inside \textt{tabu}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks\tabu@footnotes
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@footenotetext}
%
%    The macros in case \xpackage{hyperref} is not used, or used with the option \textt{hyperfootnotes=false}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\tabu@footnotetext #1{%
   \edef\@tempa{\the\tabu@footnotes
      \noexpand\footnotetext [\the\csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname]}%
   \global\tabu@footnotes\expandafter{\@tempa {#1}}}%
\long\def\tabu@xfootnotetext [#1]#2{%
  \global\tabu@footnotes\expandafter{\the\tabu@footnotes
                              \footnotetext [{#1}]{#2}}}
\let\tabu@xfootnote \@xfootnote
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Hy@ftntext}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Hy@xfootnote}
%
%    The macros in case \xpackage{hyperref} is loaded with the option \textt{hyperfootnotes=true}:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\tabu@Hy@ftntext{\tabu@Hy@ftntxt {\the \c@footnote }}
\long\def\tabu@Hy@xfootnote [#1]{%
   \begingroup
      \value\@mpfn #1\relax
      \protected@xdef \@thefnmark  {\thempfn}%
   \endgroup
   \@footnotemark \tabu@Hy@ftntxt {#1}%
}% \tabu@Hy@xfootnote
\long\def\tabu@Hy@ftntxt #1#2{%
   \edef\@tempa{%
      \the\tabu@footnotes
      \begingroup
         \value\@mpfn #1\relax
         \noexpand\protected@xdef
            \noexpand\@thefnmark{\noexpand\thempfn}%
         \expandafter\noexpand\expandafter\tabu@Hy@footnotetext
         \expandafter{%
            \Hy@footnote@currentHref
          }%
      }%
      \global\tabu@footnotes\expandafter{%
          \@tempa {#2}%
        \endgroup
      }%
}% \tabu@Hy@ftntxt
\long\def\tabu@Hy@footnotetext #1#2{%
   \H@@footnotetext{%
      \ifHy@nesting
         \hyper@@anchor {#1}{#2}%
      \else
         \Hy@raisedlink{%
            \hyper@@anchor {#1}{\relax}%
         }%
         \def\@currentHref {#1}%
         \let\@currentlabelname \@empty
         #2%
      \fi
   }%
}% \tabu@Hy@footnotetext
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \csname\ifcsname ifHy@hyperfootnotes\endcsname
    ifHy@hyperfootnotes\else iffalse\fi\endcsname
      \let\tabu@footnotetext \tabu@Hy@ftntext
      \let\tabu@xfootnote    \tabu@Hy@xfootnote
   \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \clearpage
% \subsection{Flow chart of expansion}
% \label{Flow chart of expansion}
%
% \subsubsection(case: tabu, tabu to and tabu spread){General case: tabu, tabu to and tabu spread}
%
% {
% \hskip-\evensidemargin
% \begin{tikzpicture}[yscale=.4,xscale=.6,framed,
%    start chain, every join/.style={->,thin,black,solid},node distance=.5cm and .5cm,
%    every node/.style={black}]
% \node [on chain,draw] (begintabu) at (0,0) {\cs{begin}\M*{tabu}} node [anchor=west] at (begintabu.east) {(\cs{begingroup})}
%  node [on chain=going below,join] (tabu) {\cs{tabu}}
%  node [on chain=going right,join] (tabudesc) {$\begin{tabu}\{{>{$}l<{$}}.
%                                                 defines \cs{@halignto} and sets \cs{tabu@target} \\
%                                                 load \cs{NC@rewrite@X} for \textt{tabu} \textt X columns \\
%                                                 load special setup (\xpackage{arydshln} fixes, \cs{rowfont}, \cs{centering} etc)
%                                                \end{tabu}$}
%  node [on chain=going below,join] (tabu@begin) {\cs{tabu@begin}}
%  node [on chain] (tabu@begindesc) {$\begin{tabu}\{{>{$}l<{$}}.
%                                    if \cs{tabu@target} $> 0$ then prepare \\
%                                   \textt{@\M*{\cs{extracolsep}\M*{\cs{@flushglue}}}}
%                                   \end{tabu}$};
%  \chainin (tabu@begin)
%  node [on chain=going below] (H) {}
%  node [on chain=going below,join=with tabu@begin] (toarray) {\cs{tabular} or \cs{array} if in math mode};
%  \draw [densely dotted,gray,very thick] (begintabu.west |- H) -- (tabu@begindesc.east |- H) coordinate (H);
%  \path [fill=AliceBlue] (begintabu.north -| H) rectangle ($(H)+(1,0)$) coordinate (bluebox)
%                                           node [midway,rotate=-90] {\large\thispackage};
%
%  { [start chain=array]
%  \node [on chain] at (begintabu |- toarray) [yshift=-2.5cm] (@array) {\cs{@array}};
%  \draw [->] (toarray.west) -| (@array);
%  \node [on chain=going right,join,fill=GhostWhite,draw=gray,dashed] (@arraydesc)
%                 {\begin{tabu}\{{l}.
%                    creates the \cs{@arstrutbox} \\
%                    \cs{begingroup} \\
%                    \quad \cs{@mkpream}: parse the preamble to create \cs{@preamble}  \\
%                    \quad \cs{xdef} \cs{@preamble} macro \\
%                    \cs{endgroup}\\
%                    \cs{@arrayleft}\\
%                    \cs{vtop} or \cs{vbox} or \cs{vcenter} \cs{bgroup} ... \cs{halign}\{ preamble...
%                 \end{tabu}}
%  node [on chain=going below] (H) {};
%  }
%  { [start chain=endtabu]
%  \node [on chain] (end{tabu}) at (begintabu |- H) {\cs{end}\M*{tabu}}
%   node [on chain=going below,join] (endtabu) {\cs{endtabu}}
%   node [on chain=going right,join] (endtabular) {\cs{endtabular}}
%   node [on chain=going right,join] (endarray) {\cs{endarray}}
%   node [on chain=going right,join] (endarraydesc) {\begin{tabu}\{{l}. end of \cs{halign} \\ end of \cs{vtop}, \cs{vbox} or \cs{vcenter}\end{tabu}};
%   \chainin (endtabular)
%   node [on chain=going below,node distance=.7cm] (H) {};
%   \node at (H -| endarraydesc.west) [anchor=west] (endtabulardesc) {\begin{tabu}\{{l}. end of math group \\ end of \cs{hbox}\end{tabu}};
%   \draw [->] (endtabular) |- (endtabulardesc) node [near end,above] {\small if in text mode};
%   \draw [->] (endtabu.north east) to [bend left,looseness=.5] node [midway,above] {\small if in math mode} (endarray.north);
%   \node at (endtabulardesc.south -| begintabu) [yshift=-.5cm] (endgroup) {\cs{endgroup}} node at (endgroup.east) [anchor=west] {end of envir};
%   \draw [->] (endtabu) -- (endgroup);
%  }
%  \path [fill=LightGoldenrodYellow] (bluebox) rectangle ($(endtabulardesc.south -| bluebox)-(1,0)$)
%                 node [midway,rotate=-90] {\large\xpackage{array}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% }
%
% \subsubsection(tabu to with X column){\textt{tabu to} with \textt X column}
%
% The important part of the job is made inside the dashed box above: \cs{@mkpream}
% expands the columns definitions, which can be user defined. Hopefully, it does its
% job inside a group, therefore a user-column can set a macro to be expanded
% \cs{aftergroup}. This implementation allows much modifications in the tabular preparation,
% without any change in the macros of \xfile{array.sty}.
%
% When a \textt{tabu X} column is found in the preamble  by \cs{@mkpream}, \textt{tabu} changes his strategy: the macro
% \cs{tabu@prep@TRIAL} is set to be expanded \cs{aftergroup} that is, just after the preamble (\cs{@preamble}) has been built.
% This macro does some setup for \textt{tabu} trials to reach the target with variable \textt X column widths and gobbles
% everything until the next \cs{bgroup} which corresponds to the \cs{vtop}, \cs{vbox} or \cs{vcenter} for the whole tabular.
% This part of \cs{@array} is stored into \cs{tabu@Xfinish} to be expanded after the last trial gave satisfaction
% to reach the \textt{tabu} target. Then \cs{tabu@collect} is expanded to find the end of the \textt{tabu} environment,
% temporarily storing the environment content into a token register.
%
% The last part of \cs{@array} until \cs{halign} is expanded inside a \cs{vbox}
% which is stored into the box register \cs{tabu@box} for measuring purpose. \cs{halign} ends by \cs{endarray}
% which stops the \cs{tabu@box} as well, and then \cs{tabu@arith} is expanded to compute the gap between the
% width of \cs{tabu@box} and the target, and \cs{tabucolX} (the dimension that correspond to \textt{X[1]})
% is updated accordingly.
%
% The trials are ``protected'' by\, \M*{\cs{ifnum}0=`}\cs{fi}\, : they occur in a group that will be closed
% at the very begining of \cs{tabu@Xfinish}, when the final tabular will be printed actually.
% This protection is absolutely necessary to be able to collect
% the environment body in the case of nested \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns. This is related to \TeX{}
% mechanism of expansion inside \cs{halign} (\TeX{} stops reading when it encounters a \& \textt{alignment tab character}
% and goes backward expanding anything that were not expanded before).
%
%
% {\hskip-1cm
% \begin{tikzpicture}[yscale=.4,xscale=.6,framed,
%       start chain=going below,node distance=.3cm and .5cm,
%       every join/.style={->,thin,black,solid},every node/.style={black}]
%
% \node [on chain] (begingroup) at (0,0) {\cs{begingroup}}
%    node [on chain=going right] (@mkpream) {\cs{@mkpream}}
%    node [on chain,join] {Finds a \textt X column}
%    node [on chain,join] {rewrite \textt X column}
%       {[start branch] node [on chain] {\begin{tabu}\{{l}. Parse the optional parameter for \textt X\\ Set \cs{aftergroup}\cs{tabu@prep@TRIAL}\end{tabu}}
%       }
%    node [on chain,join] {... \cs{@mkpream} ...}
%       {[start branch] node [on chain,join] {builds the \cs{halign} preamble}}
%    node [on chain,join] {\cs{xdef}\cs{@preamble}}
%    node [on chain,join] (endgroup) {\cs{endgroup}}
%    node [on chain] (H) {};
% \node (tabu@prep@TRIAL) at (begingroup |- H) {\cs{tabu@prep@TRIAL}};
% \draw [->] (endgroup.west) -| (tabu@prep@TRIAL.north) node [midway,left] {\ssmall\begin{tabu}{c} triggered by\\ \cs{aftergroup}\end{tabu}};
% \chainin (tabu@prep@TRIAL);
%    {  [start branch] \node [on chain,join] {\cs{tabu@setup@TRIAL}}
%                       node [on chain,join] {\begin{tabu}\{{l}.
%                                                 Neutralisation of \cs{write}  \\
%                                                 Protection for: \begin{tabu}{!{\textbullet}l}
%                                                                 footnotes \\ counters \\ index
%                                                                 \end{tabu}
%                                              \end{tabu}};
%    }
% \node [on chain] (H) {}
%    node [on chain,join=with tabu@prep@TRIAL] (tabu@arrayleft@measure) {\cs{tabu@arrayleft@measure}}
%    node [on chain=going right,join] {\begin{tabu}\{{l}. prepares \cs{tabu@Xfinish} \\ Collect the \textt{tabu} body\end{tabu}}
%    node [on chain,join] (tabu@TRIAL) {\cs{tabu@TRIAL}}
%       {[start branch] node [on chain,join] {\begin{tabu}{l} Expands \cs{halign} into a \cs{vbox} \end{tabu}}
%       }
%    node [on chain,join] {\cs{tabu@endTRIAL}}
%       {[start branch] node [on chain,join] {\cs{endarray}}
%       }
%    node [on chain,join] (tabu@arith) {\begin{tabu}{c} \cs{tabu@arith}\\ \cs{wd}\M*{tabu}$-$\cs{tabu@target} $<$ \cs{hfuzz} ?\end{tabu}}
%    node [on chain=going right,node distance=1cm] (tabu@Xfinish) {\cs{tabu@Xfinish}};
%    \draw (tabu@arith) [->] -- (tabu@Xfinish) node [midway,above,blue] {Yes};
%    \draw [->] (tabu@arith.west) |- (tabu@TRIAL) node (No) [very near start,left] {{\small\begin{tabu}.{r}\} Updates \\ \cs{tabucolX}\end{tabu}} \textcolor{red}{No}};
%
% \end{tikzpicture}}
%
%
%
%
%
% \subsubsection(tabu spread with X column){\textt{tabu spread} with \textt X column}
%
% In the case of ``\textt{tabu spread}'' with \textt X columns, the process is the same
% as the one described for ``\textt{tabu to}'' with \textt X columns. However, the first
% trial is different because we have first to measure the \emph{natural width} of the
% tabular.
% The process is the following:
% \begin{itemize}[label=\small\textbullet]
% \item \cs{tabu@target} is first set to \cs{linewidth} (or \cs{linegoal} with the \textt{linegoal} package option).
% \item The \textt X column corresponds to a \cs{vbox} with \cs{hsize} fixed to \cs{tabu@target}.
% \item Inside this \cs{vbox} the cell content is written into a \cs{hbox} whose width is limited to \cs{tabu@target}.
%       This \cs{hbox} is captured into the box register \cs{tabu@box}.
% \item At the end of the cell, the \cs{badness} of the \cs{hbox} is checked:
%        \begin{itemize}[label=\textendash,leftmargin=*]
%        \item if the \cs{badness} is $> 1000$ then the text is too long and ``\textt{tabu spread}''
%        is useless: \textt{tabu to \cs{tabu@target}} give the same result.
%        \item Otherwise, we get the natural width of the cell content by: \\
%              \cs{setbox} \cs{tabu@box} \cs{hbox} \M*{\cs{unhbox} \cs{tabu@box}}
%        \end{itemize}
% \item At the end of the first trial, \cs{tabu@spreadarith} checks if:
%         $$ \text{width(tabular)} + \text{spread} < \cs{linewidth} \text{ (or \cs{linegoal})}$$
%      \begin{itemize}[label=\textendash,leftmargin=*]
%      \item if not, then \textt{tabu to}\cs{tabu@target} give the same result
%      \item Otherwise, the target for \textt{tabu to} will be:
% $$\hskip-\leftmargin
% \text{width(tabular)} + \text{spread} - \sum_i \text{natural widths X}_i
% +\underbrace{\text{Max}_i\left(\dfrac{\text{natural width X}_i}{\text{coef}_i}\right)\times \sum_i\text{coef}_i}
%      _{\text{\begin{tabu}{c} minimal natural width that can be obtained \\ with the given coefs\end{tabu}}}
% $$
%      \end{itemize}
%  And the next trial will be done as if the user called ``\textt{tabu to}'' with this target.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
%
%
% \subsection{tabu X column definition}
% \label{tabu X column definition}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewrite@X}
%
%    This macro is expanded by \cs{@mkpream} in case a \textt X column is found.
%
%    \cs{tabu@X@sum} (a dimen) store the sum of the width coefficients. For the first \textt{X column} found in the
%    preamble, a special setup occurs:
%    \begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt,topsep=0pt,leftmargin=*]
%    \item the default target (either \cs{linewidth} or \cs{linegoal} if available) is set
%          if it has not been specified by the user.
%    \item \cs{@halignto} is \cs{let} to \cs{relax} to avoid its expansion in \cs{xdef}\cs{@preamble} just after \cs{@mkpream}.
%           Indeed as long as we have to measure the natural width of the tabular, \cs{@halign} must be empty for trial steps.
%    \item The rest of the setup is made \cs{aftergroup} (\ie after \cs{xdef}\cs{@preamble} which occurs inside a group) by \cs{tabu@prep@TRIAL}.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@rewrite@X #1{\tabu@Xarg {#1}%
   \expandafter\let\csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname \relax
   \iftabu@measuring % not the first X column found in preamble
      \edef\tabu@global@X {\tabu@global@X
            \def\csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname {\strip@pt\tabu@X@sum}%
            \advance\tabu@X@sum \the\tabu@X@sum\relax}%
   \else % first X column found in preamble
      \tabu@measuringtrue
      \iftabu@spread \tabu@spreadtarget\tabu@target \tabu@target\z@
      \else          \tabu@spreadtarget \z@ \fi
      \ifdim\tabu@target=\z@
         \setlength\tabu@target \tabudefaulttarget
         \tabu@message{(tabu) Default target:
            \ifx\tabudefaulttarget\linewidth\string\linewidth
            \else\ifx\tabudefaulttarget\linegoal\string\linegoal
            \fi\fi=\the\tabu@target \on@line, page \the\c@page}\fi
      \tabu@message{\tabu@titles}%
      \edef\tabu@global@X {\tabu@global@X
         \def\csname tabu@X1\endcsname{\strip@pt\tabu@X@sum}%
         \tabu@X@sum  \the\tabu@X@sum\relax
         \tabu@target \the\tabu@target\relax
         \tabu@spreadtarget \the\tabu@spreadtarget\relax}%
      \let\tabu@halignto \relax
   \fi
}% \tabu@rewrite@X
\let\tabu@@rewrite@X \tabu@rewrite@X
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewrite@Xnested}
%
%    This macro replaces \cs{tabu@rewrite@X} when \textt{tabu} makes a trial for \textt X columns.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rewrite@Xrestore}
%
%    This macro replaces \cs{tabu@rewrite@X} in the case of \cs{usetabu}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@rewrite@Xnested #1{\in@ ${#1}\ifin@
   \def\tabucolX@rw {>{$}p{\tabucolX}<{$}}\else
   \def\tabucolX@rw {p{\tabucolX}}\fi}
\def\tabu@rewrite@Xrestore #1{\tabu@gobbleopt{\def\tabucolX@rw{l}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Xarg}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Xparse}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabucolX@do}
%
%    A tedious (and fastidious) macro to parse the optional argument of \textt X columns. The aim is to built
%    \cs{tabucolX@rw} which expands to the column specification:
%
%    {\centering \textt{>\M*{alignment} p \emph{or} m \emph{or} b \M*{\cs{dimexpr} coef \cs{tabucolX}\cs{relax}}}\par}
%
%    After that \xfile{array.sty} make it easy:\, \cs{expandafter}\cs{NC@find}\cs{tabucolX@rw}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@Xarg#1{%
  \advance\tabu@X@cols \@ne
  \tabu@wdlet\tabu@X@cols \z@
  \ifx\\#1\\%    <shortcut when no option>
     \tabu@X@sum \p@
     \edef\tabucolX@rw {p{\tabu@dimexpr{\the\tabu@X@cols}{\tabucolX}}}%
     \edef\tabu@temp {p{\the\tabucolX}}%  <required for \usetabu>
  \else
     \tabu@X@sum \z@
     \let\tabucolX@align \@empty \let\tabucolX@rw \@empty
     \let\tabu@Xmath     \@empty \let\tabu@temp   \@empty
     \tabu@Xparse {}#1,\@nnil
  \fi
}% \tabu@Xarg
\def\tabu@Xparse #1{\futurelet\@let@token \tabu@Xtest}
\expandafter\def\expandafter\tabu@Xparsespace\space{\tabu@Xparse{}}
\def\tabu@Xtest{%
   \ifcase \ifx \@nnil\@let@token \z@ \else
           \if ,\@let@token \m@ne\else
           \if p\@let@token 1\else
           \if m\@let@token 2\else
           \if b\@let@token 3\else
           \if l\@let@token 4\else
           \if c\@let@token 5\else
           \if r\@let@token 6\else
           \if j\@let@token 7\else
           \if L\@let@token 8\else
           \if C\@let@token 9\else
           \if R\@let@token 10\else
           \if J\@let@token 11\else
           \ifx \@sptoken\@let@token 12\else
           \if .\@let@token 13\else
           \if -\@let@token 13\else
           \ifcat $\@let@token 14\else
           15\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
       \tabucolX@do \expandafter \remove@to@nnil
   \or \tabu@Xtype {p}%
   \or \tabu@Xtype {m}%
   \or \tabu@Xtype {b}%
   \or \tabu@Xalign \raggedright\relax
   \or \tabu@Xalign \centering\relax
   \or \tabu@Xalign \raggedleft\relax
   \or \tabu@Xalign \tabu@justify\relax
   \or \tabu@Xalign \RaggedRight\raggedright
   \or \tabu@Xalign \Centering\centering
   \or \tabu@Xalign \RaggedLeft\raggedleft
   \or \tabu@Xalign \justifying\tabu@justify
   \or \expandafter \tabu@Xparsespace
   \or \expandafter \tabu@Xcoef
   \or \let\tabu@Xmath=$\expandafter \tabu@Xparse
   \or \tabu@Xcoef{}%
   \else\expandafter \tabu@Xparse
   \fi
}% \tabu@Xtest
\def\tabu@Xalign#1#2{%
   \ifx \tabucolX@align\@empty \else \PackageWarning{tabu}
      {Duplicate horizontal alignment specification}\fi
   \ifdefined#1\def\tabucolX@align{#1}\else
   \def\tabucolX@align{#2}\fi
   \expandafter\tabu@Xparse
}% \tabu@Xalign
\def\tabu@Xtype#1{%
   \ifx \tabucolX@rw\@empty \else \PackageWarning{tabu}
      {Duplicate vertical alignment specification}\fi
   \def\tabucolX@rw{#1}\expandafter\tabu@Xparse
}% \tabu@Xtype
\def\tabu@Xcoef#1{\edef\tabu@temp{\tabu@temp#1}%
   \afterassignment\tabu@Xc@ef \tabu@cnt\number\if-#10\fi
}% \tabu@Xcoef
\def\tabu@Xc@ef{%
   \advance\tabu@X@sum \tabu@temp\the\tabu@cnt\p@
   \tabu@Xparse{}%
}% \tabu@Xc@ef
\def\tabucolX@do{%
   \ifx\tabucolX@rw\@empty \def\tabucolX@rw{p}\fi
   \ifdim\tabu@X@sum<\z@ \tabu@negcoeftrue
                         \tabu@X@sum \m@ne\tabu@X@sum
                         \tabu@wdlet \tabu@X@cols \p@
   \else \ifdim \tabu@X@sum=\z@ \tabu@X@sum \p@ \fi
   \fi
   \begingroup
      \toks@\expandafter {\tabucolX@align}%
      \edef\tabu@temp {\strip@pt\tabu@X@sum \tabucolX}%
      \edef\tabucolX@rw##1{%
         \ifx$\tabu@Xmath>{\noexpand\the\toks@ $}\else
         \ifx \tabucolX@align\@empty \else
            >{\noexpand\the\toks@}\fi\fi
            \tabucolX@rw{##1}%
         \ifx$\tabu@Xmath<{$}\fi}%
      \edef\x{\endgroup
         \def\noexpand\tabu@temp {\tabucolX@rw{\the\dimexpr\tabu@temp}}%
         \def\noexpand\tabucolX@rw{%
            \tabucolX@rw{\tabu@dimexpr{\the\tabu@X@cols}{\tabu@temp}}}%
         }\x
}% \tabucolX@do
\def\tabu@dimexpr#1#2{%
   \ifdim \tabu@wd{#1}>\p@
      \ifdim \tabu@wd{#1}<#2 \tabu@wd{#1}\else#2\fi\else #2\fi
}% \tabu@dimexpr
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection(Before trials){Before trials to reach the target: setup after \cs{@mkpream}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@prep@TRIAL}
%
%    \cs{@mkpream} does its job inside a semi-simple group. At the end, \cs{@preamble} is expanded with \cs{xdef}, and
%    the group is left: this triggers the expansion of \cs{tabu@prep@TRIAL} set \cs{aftergroup} by the first \textt X column
%    encountered in the preamble.
%
%    We \cs{let} \cs{@halignto} to \cs{@empty}: it's a measurement, and put some protections. A group is opened with
%    the famous \M*{\cs{ifnum}0=`}\cs{fi} and control is given to \cs{tabu@arrayleft@measure}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@prep@TRIAL{%
   \begingroup \iffalse{\fi \ifnum0=`}\fi
      \tabu@setup@TRIAL
      \tabucolX \tabu@target
      \ifcase 0\iftabu@negcoef \else\iftabu@spread \else 1\fi\fi
         \advance\tabu@X@cols \@ne
         \expandafter\let\csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname \@undefined
         \tabu@X@cols \z@
         \def\tabu@naturalX@max {\z@}%
         \def\tabu@naturalX@min {\z@}%
         \let\tabu@startpboxORI \@startpbox
         \let\@startpbox \tabu@measure@startpbox
      \fi
      \def\tabu@lasttry{\m@ne\p@}\tabu@cnt \z@  % number of trials
      \tabu@arrayleft@measure
}% \tabu@prep@TRIAL
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@setup@TRIAL}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@setup@TRIAL{\tabu@global@X \let\tabu@global@X \@empty
   \let\@halignto \@empty  \tabu@naturalX \z@
   \tabu@savecounters  \let\tabu@savecounters \relax
   \hbadness \@M    \let\hbadness \@tempcnta
   \hfuzz \maxdimen \let\hfuzz \@tempdima
   \let\tabu@rewrite@X \tabu@rewrite@Xnested
   \let\savetabu \@gobble \let\everyrow \@gobble
   \let\tabudefaulttarget \linewidth
   \let\write \tabu@nowrite      \let\GenericError  \tabu@GenericError
   \long\def\@xfootnote[##1]##2{}\let\@footnotetext \@gobble
   \ifx\@arrayright\relax \let\@arrayright \@empty\fi
   \let\tabu@verticalmeasure \@empty
   \let\tabu@verticalspacing \@empty
   \tabu@TRIAL@hook
}% \tabu@setup@TRIAL
\def\tabu@savecounters{%
   \def\@elt##1{\global\value{##1}\the\value{##1}\relax}%
   \edef\tabu@global@X {\cl@@ckpt}\let\@elt \relax
}% \tabu@savecounters
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabuDisableCommands}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\tabu@TRIAL@hook \@empty
\newcommand\tabuDisableCommands[1]{\g@addto@macro\tabu@TRIAL@hook {#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{One trial after another}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@arrayleftmeasure}
%
%    Measuring the whole tabular occurs just before \cs{@arrayleft}.
%    Hence the name of the macro: \cs{tabu@arrayleft@measure}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@TRIAL}
%
%    \cs{halign} is temporarily expanded inside a \cs{vbox} which is captured in \cs{tabu@box}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@arrayleftmeasure#1\bgroup{%
   \def\tabu@Xfinish{%
      \tabu@global@Xnested \ifnum0=`{}\fi\endgroup
      \ifdim \abovetabulinesep>\z@ \setbox\@arstrutbox\box\voidb@x
      \else\ifdim\belowtabulinesep>\z@ \setbox\@arstrutbox\box\voidb@x
      \fi\fi
      \tabu@global@X #1\bgroup}%
   \def\tabu@TRIAL {\setbox\tabu@box \hbox\bgroup $#1\bgroup
                                   \the\toks@ \tabu@endTRIAL}%
   \toks@{\tabu@setup@everycr
      \let\@preamble \tabu@savedpreamble}% <required for multicolumn>
   \tabu@collect
}% \tabu@arrayleftmeasure
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@long@arrayleft@measure}
%
%    This is the long version for \textt{longtabu}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\tabu@long@arrayleft@measure #1\LT@bchunk #2\LT@bchunk{%
   \def\tabu@Xfinish{%
      \tabu@global@Xnested \ifnum0=`{}\fi\endgroup
      \tabu@setup@everycr \let\@preamble \tabu@savedpreamble
      \tabu@global@X #1\LT@bchunk #2\LT@bchunk}%
  \def\tabu@TRIAL{%
      \setbox\tabu@box \hbox\bgroup
      \tabu@setup@everycr \let\@preamble \tabu@savedpreamble
      \tabu@global@X \LTchunksize\@M
      #1\LT@bchunk #2\LT@bchunk \the\toks@ \tabu@long@endTRIAL}%
  \toks@{}%\let\LT@output\relax
  \tabu@collect
}% \tabu@long@arrayleft@measure
\def\tabu@long@endTRIAL{%
   \LT@echunk
   \global\setbox\@ne \hbox{\unhbox\@ne}\kern\wd\@ne
   \LT@get@widths
   \egroup        % got \tabu@box
   \iftabu@spread \tabu@spreadarith % <only once>
   \else          \tabu@arith
   \fi
   \iftabu@measuring \tabu@measuringfalse
      \expandafter \tabu@TRIAL % <continue trials>
   \else
      \expandafter \tabu@Xfinish
         \the \expandafter\toks@ \tabu@endenvir  % <we are then!>
   \fi
}% \tabu@long@endTRIAL
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@collect}
%
%    The mechanism is the same as \hologo{AmS}-\cs{collect@body} (also defined in \xfile{environ.sty}).
%    The content of the tabular is captured inside \cs{toks@}, expanded by \cs{tabu@TRIAL}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@collect{\catcode`\^^@=13\def\tabu@stack{b}\tabu@collectbody}
\long\def\tabu@collectbody#1\end#2{%
   \edef\tabu@stack{\tabu@pushbegins #1\begin\end\expandafter\@gobble\tabu@stack}%
   \ifx \tabu@stack\@empty
      \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@#1}\def\tabu@endenvir{\end{#2}}%
      \expandafter \tabu@TRIAL
   \else
      \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@#1\end{#2}}%
      \expandafter \tabu@collectbody
   \fi
}% \tabu@collectbody
\long\def\tabu@pushbegins#1\begin#2{%
      \ifx\end#2\else b\expandafter\tabu@pushbegins\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@endTRIAL}
%
%    At the end of the trial, we call \cs{tabu@arith} to compute the widths. \cs{tabu@arith} exits
%    leaving \cs{iftabu@measuring} equal to \cs{iftrue}: a further trial is necessary, or equal to
%    \cs{iffalse}: the target is reached, \cs{tabu@Xfinish} can print the \textt{tabu} in a last
%    expansion of \cs{halign}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@endTRIAL{%
   \tabu@adl@endTRIAL   % <arydshln in nested trials>
   \endarray$\egroup
   \iftabu@spread \tabu@spreadarith % <only once>
   \else          \tabu@arith
   \fi
   \iftabu@measuring \tabu@measuringfalse
      \expandafter \tabu@TRIAL % <continue trials>
   \else
      \expandafter \tabu@Xfinish
         \the \expandafter\toks@ \tabu@endenvir  % <we are then!>
   \fi
}% \tabu@endTRIAL
\def\tabu@adl@endTRIAL{\crcr \noalign{\global\adl@ncol \tabu@nbcols}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Algorithms: Measuring the \textt{tabu}}
%
% \subsubsection(Algorithm for tabu to){The arithmetic of \textt X columns}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@arith}
%
%    General algorithms for \textt{tabu to} with \textt X columns.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@arith{%
   \advance\tabu@cnt \@ne \tabu@message{\tabu@message@arith}%
   \ifx \@startpbox\tabu@measure@startpbox
            \let\@startpbox \tabu@startpboxORI \fi
   \dimen@ \tabu@X@sum
   \iftabu@negcoef \tabu@arith@negcoef \fi
   \ifcase 0\ifdim \dimexpr\wd\tabu@box-\tabu@hfuzz-1sp<\tabu@target
            \else \ifdim \tabu@lasttry=\wd\tabu@box 1\else
            2\fi\fi\relax
      \ifdim \tabu@X@sum=\dimen@ \tabu@message{\tabu@message@reached}%
      \else\ifdim\tabu@X@sum=\z@ \tabu@message{\tabu@message@reached}%
      \else\ifnum \tabu@cnt>\@ne \tabu@message{\tabu@message@reached}%
      \else \tabu@measuringtrue
            \tabucolX = \dimexpr\tabucolX*\p@/\tabu@X@sum\relax
      \fi\fi\fi
   \or \tabu@message{\tabu@header Reached minimum width. Backing up}%
       \tabu@warn{tabu width = \the\wd\tabu@box\space>
                  \the\tabu@target\space+ \tabu@hfuzz}%
   \or
      \ifdim \tabu@X@sum=\z@ \tabu@measuringtrue \tabucolX=\@tempdima
      \else
         \advance\tabucolX-\dimexpr(\wd\tabu@box-\tabu@target-.5\tabu@X@sum/\p@)
                                                      *\p@/\tabu@X@sum\relax
         \ifdim \tabucolX<\z@
            \tabu@warn{X Columns too narrow (table too wide)}%
            \tabucolX=\tabucolX@error
         \else \tabu@measuringtrue
            \ifdim \tabu@X@sum=\dimen@
               \edef\tabu@lasttry{\the\wd\tabu@box}%
            \else
               \ifnum \tabu@cnt>\@ne \edef\tabu@lasttry{\the\wd\tabu@box}\fi
               \ifdim \tabucolX<\@tempdima \tabucolX \@tempdima\fi
            \fi
         \fi
      \fi
   \fi %(ifcase)
   \iftabu@measuring
   \else \edef\tabu@global@X{\tabu@global@X
            \tabucolX    \the\tabucolX\relax
            \tabu@target \the\tabu@target\relax % < for \savetabu >
            \ifnum \tabu@nested=\z@
            \ifx \@arrayright\@empty
            \ifdim \tabu@X@sum>\z@
               \def\noexpand\@halignto{to\the\tabu@target}\fi\fi\fi}%
   \fi
   \tabu@X@sum \dimen@
}% \tabu@arith
\def\tabu@arith@negcoef{%
   \tabu@X@cols \@ne \count@ \tabu@X@cols
   \@whilesw \ifcsname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname\fi{%
      \ifdim \tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols>\p@
         \expandafter\let\expandafter\tabu@temp
                   \csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname
         \ifdim \tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols <\tabu@temp\tabucolX
            \advance\tabu@X@sum -\tabu@temp\p@
            \tabu@message{\tabu@message@negcoef{\the\tabu@X@cols}}%
            \ifdim \tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols >\tabu@wd\count@ \count@ \tabu@X@cols \fi
      \fi\fi
      \advance\tabu@X@cols \@ne
   }%
   \@tempdima=\dimexpr\tabu@wd\count@ * \p@/
                     \dimexpr\csname tabu@X\the\count@\endcsname\p@\relax\relax
}% \tabu@arith@negcoef
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection(Algorithm for tabu spread){The arithmetic of \textt X columns for \textt{tabu spread}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@spreadarith}
%
%    Algorithm for \textt{tabu spread} with \textt X columns: only the first pass.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@spreadarith{%
   \tabu@naturalX \tabu@naturalX@max\relax
   \tabucolX \tabu@naturalX@min\relax
   \tabu@message{\tabu@message@spread}%
   \ifdim \dimexpr \wd\tabu@box + \tabu@spreadtarget <\tabu@target
      \advance\tabu@spreadtarget
               \dimexpr\wd\tabu@box-\tabu@naturalX+\tabucolX\relax
      \ifdim \tabu@spreadtarget <\tabu@target
         \tabu@target =\tabu@spreadtarget
      \fi
      \tabu@message{\the\tabu@target}%
      \tabu@message{\ifdim \tabu@spreadtarget>\tabu@target
                           (tabu) spread reduced to fit default target.\fi}%
   \else
      \tabu@message{\expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabu@target { }{}{}{}{}\@@}
      \tabu@message{(tabu)\ifdim\wd\tabu@box<\tabu@target spread too large\else
                                                 tabu spread is useless here\fi,
                    default target used.}%
   \fi
   \let\@startpbox \tabu@startpboxORI
   \xdef\tabu@halignto {to\the\tabu@target}%
   \tabucolX \tabu@target
   \tabu@spreadfalse \tabu@measuringtrue
}% \tabu@spreadarith
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection(\xext{log} report){Reporting in the \xext{log} file (\textt{debugshow option})}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@message@arith}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@message@spread}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@message@negcoef}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@message@arith{\tabu@header
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabucolX { }{ }{ }{ }{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\wd\tabu@box { }{ }{ }{ }{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabu@target { }{ }{ }{ }{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabu@X@sum {}{}{}{}{}\@@
   \ifx\@startpbox\tabu@measure@startpbox\tabu@spaces (coefs<0)\else
   \ifdim\tabu@X@sum>\z@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\dimexpr(\tabu@target-\wd\tabu@box)
                                 *\p@/\tabu@X@sum\relax {}{}{}{}{}\@@\fi\fi^^J}%
\def\tabu@message@spread{\tabu@spreadheader
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabu@spreadtarget {}{}{}{}{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\wd\tabu@box {}{}{}{}{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabucolX {}{}{}{}{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \expandafter-\the\tabu@naturalX {}{}{}{}{}\@@}
\def\tabu@message@reached{\tabu@header
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabucolX { }{ }{ }{ }{}\@@
   \expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\wd\tabu@box {}{}{}{}{}\@@
  <\expandafter\tabu@msg@align \the\tabu@target { }{ }{ }{ }{}\@@
  + \tabu@hfuzz\space= hfuzz *****^^J%
  (tabu)\tabu@spaces******* Reached Target:
         hfuzz = \tabu@hfuzz\on@line\space *******^^J%
         \ifnum\tabu@nested=\z@ \tabu@elapsedtime ^^J\fi}%
\def\tabu@message@etime{(tabu)\tabu@spaces
   Time elapsed for trials:
   \the\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\tabu@starttime-32767)/65536\relax sec
   \the\numexpr\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\tabu@starttime)
      -\numexpr(\pdfelapsedtime-\tabu@starttime-32767)/65536\relax*65536\relax
       *1000/65536\relax ms}%
\def\tabu@message@negcoef #1{\tabu@spaces\tabu@spaces
   * #1. X[-\csname tabu@X#1\endcsname]: natural width
   = \tabu@wd{#1}
   < \csname tabu@X#1\endcsname X
   = \the\dimexpr\csname tabu@X#1\endcsname\tabucolX
}% \tabu@message@negcoef
\edef\tabu@spaces{\@spaces}
\def\do#1{%
   \def\tabu@msg@align##1.##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9\@@{%
   \ifnum##1<10 #1 #1\else
   \ifnum##1<100 #1 \else
   \ifnum##1<\@m #1\fi\fi\fi
   ##1.##2##3##4##5##6##7##8#1}%
   \def\tabu@header{(tabu) \ifnum\tabu@cnt<10 #1\fi\the\tabu@cnt) #1}%
   \def\tabu@titles{\ifnum \tabu@nested=\z@
      (tabu) Try#1 #1 tabu X #1 #1 #1tabu Width #1 #1 Target
                  #1 #1 #1 #1 Coefs #1 #1 #1 Update^^J\fi}%
   \def\tabu@spreadheader{%
      (tabu) Try#1 #1 Spread #1 #1 tabu Width #1 #1 Nat. Min. #1 #1 #1 Nat.X
                                                      #1 #1 #1 New Target^^J%
      (tabu)spread}%
   \def\tabu@tracing@save##1{\begingroup
      \def\col@sep ####1\relax       {(tabu) column sep #1 #1 #1 = ####1^^J}%
      \def\arrayrulewidth ####1\relax{(tabu) arrayrulewidth #1 = ####1^^J}%
      \def\doublerulesep ####1\relax {(tabu) doublerulesep #1 #1= ####1^^J}%
      \def\extrarowheight ####1\relax{(tabu) extrarowheight #1 = ####1^^J}%
      \def\extrarowdepth ####1\relax {(tabu) extrarowdepth #1 #1= ####1^^J}%
      \def\extratabsurround ####1\relax{(tabu) extratabsurround = ####1^^J}%
      \def\minrowclearance ####1\relax {(tabu) minrowclearance#1 = ####1^^J}%
      \def\arraystretch ####1{(tabu) arraystretch #1 #1 = ####1^^J}%
      \iftabu@colortbl
      \def\CT@arc@####1{(tabu) arrayrulecolor #1 = ####1^^J}%
      \def\CT@drsc@####1{(tabu) doublerulesepcolor=####1^^J}%
      \let\color \relax
      \fi
      \def\NC@find ####1\@nil{(tabu) tabu preamble#1 #1 = \detokenize{####1}^^J}%
      \def\tabu@wddef####1####2{(tabu) Natural width ####1 = ####2^^J}%
      \let\edef \@gobbletwo \let\def \@empty
      \tabu@message{%
         (tabu) \string\savetabu{##1}: \on@line^^J%
      \ifx \savetabu\tabusaveX
         (tabu) X columns width #1 = \the\tabucolX^^J\fi
         (tabu) target #1 #1 #1 #1 #1 = \the\tabu@target^^J%
         \tabu@savedparam
         \tabu@savedpream \@nil
         \iftabu@negcoef \tabu@savewd\fi}%
      \endgroup}%
}\do{ }
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection(Natural width measure){Measuring the natural width for \textt{tabu spread} and negativ width-coefficients}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@measure@startpbox}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@measure@endpbox}
%
%    When ``\textt{tabu spread}'' is used with \textt X columns, the first trial must
%    measure the natural width of the columns. When \textt X columns have negativ coefficient,
%    the natural is computed after the target has been reached, with the absolute coefficients.
%
%    Nested trials may occur (\textt{tabu spread} inside a \textt X column with negativ
%    coefficient for example).
%
%    For the furthur trials, the standard scheme for \textt X column is used: the natural width
%    is measured only once.
%
%    \hologo{pdfTeX} font expansion is disabled inside the \textt{varwidth} environment
%    (we set \cs{pdfadjustspacing} to \textt 0).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@measure@startpbox#1{\bgroup
   \let\@startpbox \tabu@startpboxORI           % in case of nesting
   \in@{\tabu@dimexpr}{#1}%
   \ifin@
      \global\advance\tabu@X@cols \@ne
      \ifcsname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname\else
         \global\tabu@X@cols \@ne
         \global\tabu@naturalX \z@
      \fi
   \fi
   \iftabu@spread\else
      \ifin@ {\let\tabu@dimexpr \@firstoftwo\expandafter}%
             \ifdim \tabu@wd{#1}<\p@ \in@false\fi\fi\fi
   \ifin@
      \begingroup \let\tabu@dimexpr \@secondoftwo
         \edef\x{\endgroup \def\noexpand\tabu@temp{\the\dimexpr#1}%
      }\x
      \setbox\tabu@box=\hbox\bgroup
         \let\tabu@rewrite@X \tabu@@rewrite@X
         \tabu@nocellspace
         \begin{varwidth}{\tabu@temp}\narrowragged\arraybackslash
            \tabu@noadjustspacing \parfillskip\@flushglue
               \bgroup \aftergroup\tabu@measure@endpbox
               \ifdefined \cellspacetoplimit \bgroup\color@begingroup\fi
   \else
      \expandafter\@gobble\@startpbox{#1}% \@gobble \bgroup
   \fi
}% \tabu@measure@startpbox
\def\tabu@nocellspace{\def\bcolumn##1\@nil{}\let\ecolumn\@empty}
\ifdefined\pdfadjustspacing
   \def\tabu@noadjustspacing{\pdfadjustspacing\z@}%
\else
   \let\tabu@noadjustspacing\relax
\fi
\def\tabu@measure@endpbox{%
   \@finalstrut\@arstrutbox\end{varwidth}\egroup      % <got my \tabu@box>
   \global\advance\tabu@naturalX \wd\tabu@box
   \ifdim \tabu@naturalX@max<\tabu@naturalX
      \xdef\tabu@naturalX@max{\the\tabu@naturalX}\fi
   \@tempdima=\dimexpr \wd\tabu@box * \tabu@X@sum /
         \dimexpr\csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname\p@\relax\relax
   \ifdim \tabu@naturalX@min<\@tempdima
      \xdef\tabu@naturalX@min{\the\@tempdima}\fi
   \ifdim \tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols>\z@
   \ifdim \tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols<\wd\tabu@box
      \tabu@wddef\tabu@X@cols {\the\wd\tabu@box}%
      \tabu@debug{\tabu@spaces\tabu@spaces
         * \the\tabu@X@cols. X[-\csname tabu@X\the\tabu@X@cols\endcsname]:
         target=\the\dimexpr\tabu@temp\relax\space
         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\string\tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols
         =\tabu@wd\tabu@X@cols}%
   \fi\fi
   \box\tabu@box \egroup % end of \vtop (measure)
}% \tabu@measure@endpbox
\def\tabu@wd#1{\csname tabu@W\the\tabu@nested @\number#1\endcsname}
\def\tabu@wddef#1{\expandafter\xdef
               \csname tabu@W\the\tabu@nested @\number#1\endcsname}
\def\tabu@wdlet#1{\global\expandafter\let
               \csname tabu@W\the\tabu@nested @\number#1\endcsname}
\def\tabu@naturalX@min{\z@}
\def\tabu@naturalX@max{\z@}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{\cs{everycr} setup and \cs{tabuphantomline}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@setup@everycr}
%
%    \cs{ialign} resets \cs{everycr} to an empty token. This macro sets \cs{everycr} for the
%    \textt{tabu} environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@setup@everycr{%
   \tabu@firstclinetrue     \tabu@everyrowtrue
   \let\tabu@first@cline \z@
   \def\tabu@restoreeverycr {\let\everycr \tabu@everycr}%
   \def\everycr{\afterassignment\tabu@restoreeverycr \@temptokena}% <for ialign>
   \tabu@everycr\expandafter{\the\tabu@everycr \tabu@everyrow}%
}% \tabu@setup@everycr
\def\tabu@everyrow{%
   \noalign{%
      \ifcase\tabu@first@cline
         \global\let\tabu@first@cline \tw@
      \or\global\let\tabu@first@cline \tw@
      \or\global\tabu@firstclinefalse
         \global\let\tabu@first@cline \m@ne
      \fi}%
   \tabu@rowfontreset
   \iftabu@everyrow
      \noalign{\tabu@everyrowfalse}\expandafter\tabu@everyrow@hook
   \fi
}% \tabu@everyrow
\let\tabu@everyrow@hook \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabuphantomline}
%
%    This macro inserts a phantom line in front of a \textt{tabu}.
%    This is necessary when you use \cs{usetabu} with \textt{tabu X} column,
%    with a single line containing \cs{multicolumn}...
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabuphantomline{\crcr\noalign{%
   \global\let\@arstrutbox \voidb@x
   \iftabu@colortbl
      \xdef\tabu@minrowclearance{\the\minrowclearance}%
      \global\minrowclearance \z@
   \fi
   \global\let\vcenter \vbox
   \ifnum \tabu@nested>\z@ \vspace*{\dimexpr\extrarowheight-\ht\@arstrutbox}\fi
   \toks@{}\count@\@ne
   \@whilenum\count@<\tabu@nbcols\do{\advance\count@\@ne
                        \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@&}}%
   \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@
      \cr\noalign{%
         \global\let\@arstrutbox \tabu@arstrutbox
         \global\let\vcenter \tabu@vcenter
         \iftabu@colortbl
            \global\minrowclearance \tabu@minrowclearance\relax\fi
         \global\let\tabu@first@cline \@ne}}%
   \expandafter}\the\toks@
}% \tabuphantomline
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \subsection(Lines inside tabu){Lines inside \textt{tabu}}
%
% \subsubsection{Vertical lines}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabuvline@rewrite}
%
%    \textt\textbar\ is defined as a new column type but only inside the group
%    where \cs{@mkpream} does its job. This way, the modification is very local
%    to \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@lines}
%
%    This feature is disabled with the \textt{light} option.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@lines{{\endlinechar\m@ne \scantokens{\def\x{|}}%
   \expandafter}\expandafter\tabu@lines@ \x
}% \tabu@lines
\def\tabu@lines@#1{%
   \tabu@newcolumntype #1{\tabuvline@rewrite}%
   \NC@list\expandafter{\the\NC@list \NC@do #1}%
}% \tabu@lines@
\newcommand*\tabuvline@rewrite[1][]{\tabuvline@arg{#1}%
                     \expandafter \NC@find \tabu@temp}
\def\tabu@vline#1{\vrule width#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabuvline@arg}
%
%    A tedious (and fastidious) macro to parse the optional argument of \textt\textbar\ vertical lines...

%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabuvline@arg#1{%
   \ifx\\#1\\%    <shortcut when no option>
      \edef\tabu@temp{!{%
         \iftabu@colortbl\begingroup\noexpand\CT@arc@\fi
         \noexpand\tabu@vline\arrayrulewidth
         \iftabu@colortbl\endgroup\fi}}%
   \else
      \ifcsname tabu@line@style@\detokenize {#1}\endcsname
         \def\tabu@temp##1\relax##2\relax{##1}%
         \expandafter\tabu@temp\romannumeral-`\q
               \csname tabu@line@style@\detokenize {#1}\endcsname
         \tabuvline@argiii
      \else \futurelet \tabu@temp \tabuvline@argi #1\p@\p@\@nnil \tabuvline@argiii
      \fi
   \fi
}% \tabuvline@arg
\def\tabuvline@argi{%
   \let\tabu@color \@empty
   \ifcat A\noexpand\tabu@temp
         \@tempdima\arrayrulewidth
         \expandafter\tabu@getlinecolor
   \else \expandafter\tabuvline@argii
   \fi
}% \tabuvline@argi
\def\tabuvline@argii#1\@nnil{%
   \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdima #1 \@nnil
}% \tabuvline@argii
\def\tabuvline@argiii{%
   \edef\tabu@temp{!{\begingroup
      \ifx\tabu@color\@empty
      \iftabu@colortbl \noexpand\CT@arc@ \fi
      \else \tabu@color\fi
      \noexpand\tabu@vline{\the\@tempdima}\endgroup}}%
}% \tabuvline@argiii
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsubsection{Horizontal lines: \cs{tabucline}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabucline}
%
%     \cs{tabucline}\M[style or spec.]\M*{start-end}
%
%     \cs{tabucline} appears only at the end of a line: this is the place where we can insert a \cs{noalign} group.
%     We built a new line to be inserted inside the \textt{tabu}: this new line which contains the rule or leaders,
%     is stored into \cs{toks@} (inside the \cs{noalign} group). When leaving the group \cs{toks@} is expanded.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@linedash{4pt}%   <default value>
\def\tabu@dashgap{4pt}%    <default value>
\def\tabucline{\crcr\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi \@ifstar
   {\@tempswatrue  \tabu@cline}
   {\@tempswafalse \tabu@cline}}%
\newcommand*\tabu@cline[2][]{\toks@{}%
   \tabu@startstop{#2}\tabu@getlinespec{#1}\@multicnt\@ne
   \ifnum\tabu@start>\tabu@stop
   \else\ifx\tabu@xleaders\relax
   \else
      \toks@{\noalign{\global\let\@arstrutbox \voidb@x}}%
%%      \iftabu@firstcline\if\tabu@align t\vskip-\ht\@arstrutbox\fi\fi
      \@whilenum\@multicnt<\tabu@start\do{\advance\@multicnt\@ne
                              \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ &}}%
      \loop
         \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ \omit }%
         \ifnum \@multicnt=\@ne
         \expandafter \tabu@add \csname tabu@tok@\the\@multicnt L\endcsname \@nil
         \fi
         \ifcase 0\if@tempswa\else\ifnum \@multicnt<\tabu@stop 1\fi\fi\relax
            \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ \begingroup}%
            \toks@\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
                               \tabu@xleaders \endgroup}%
         \fi
         \ifcase 0\if@tempswa\else\ifnum \@multicnt<\tabu@stop 1\fi\fi\relax
         \expandafter \tabu@add \csname tabu@tok@\the\@multicnt R\endcsname \@nil
         \fi
         \ifnum\@multicnt<\tabu@stop
            \advance\@multicnt\@ne
            \if@tempswa \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ &}%
            \else       \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ \span}\fi
      \repeat
      \@whilenum\@multicnt<\tabu@nbcols\do{\advance\@multicnt\@ne
                              \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ &}}%
      \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ \cr
            \noalign{\global\let\@arstrutbox \tabu@arstrutbox}}%
%%      \tabu@debug{LIGNE AJOUTEE:\the\toks@}%
   \fi\fi
   \ifnum0=`{\fi\expandafter}\the\toks@
}% \tabu@cline
\def\tabu@add #1\@nil{\toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@
              \begingroup #1\endgroup\ifmmode$\fi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@startstop}
%
%    This macro parses the mandatory argument of \cs{tabucline}: start-column and end-column of the \textt{cline}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@startstop#1{\tabu@start@stop #1\relax 1-\tabu@nbcols\@nnil}
\def\tabu@start@stop #1-#2\@nnil{%
   \@defaultunits \tabu@start \number0#1\relax\@nnil
   \@defaultunits \tabu@stop  \number0#2\relax\@nnil
   \ifnum\tabu@start>\tabu@nbcols\tabu@start \tabu@nbcols\else
         \ifnum\tabu@start<\@ne  \tabu@start \@ne       \fi\fi
   \ifnum\tabu@stop>\tabu@nbcols \tabu@stop \tabu@nbcols \else
      \ifnum\tabu@stop<\@ne      \tabu@stop \tabu@nbcols\fi\fi
}% \tabu@start@stop
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@getlinespec}
%
%    This macro parses the optional argument of \cs{tabucline} and check if it's a line specification
%    (then \cs{tabu@getline} is expanded) or a \cs{leaders} specification (then \cs{tabu@leaders} is expanded).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@getlinespec#1{\let\tabu@xleaders \relax \let\tabu@color \@empty
   \@defaultunits \let\@tempa=#1 \relax\@nnil
   \ifx\@tempa\relax \let\tabu@xleaders \tabu@defaultleaders\else
   \ifx\@tempa\hbox  \tabu@defleaders{#1}\else
   \ifx\@tempa\box   \tabu@defleaders{#1}\else
   \ifx\@tempa\copy  \tabu@defleaders{#1}\else
   \ifcsname tabu@line@style@\detokenize{#1}\endcsname
      \csname tabu@line@style@\detokenize{#1}\endcsname
   \else \tabu@getline{#1\p@ on0pt off0pt}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
}% \tabu@getlinespec
\def\tabu@defleaders#1{%
   \def\tabu@xleaders{\iftabu@colortbl\CT@arc@\fi
      \xleaders\hbox{\lower.5\extrarowheight#1}\tabu@leaderfill}}
\def\tabucline@warn#1{\PackageWarning{tabu}
   {Undefined line syle: #1
   \MessageBreak Using default line style instead}%
   \let\tabu@xleaders \tabu@defaultleaders
}% \tabucline@warn
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@getline}
%
%     This macro parses the optional argument of \cs{tabucline} (or the one of \cs{tabulinestyle})
%     and extract the thickness, the dash an gap specified. Default values assignments are done either.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@maybecolor}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@getline#1{\tabu@lineon #1 \@nil on\tabu@linedash \p@ \@nil\@nnil{#1}}
\def\tabu@maybecolor{\ifx\tabu@color\@empty \afterassignment\tabu@colortest
                     \else \@defaultunits\fi}
\def\tabu@lineon #1on#2\@nil#3\@nnil#4{%
   \@defaultunits \let\@tempa=#1 \relax\@nnil
   \ifcase 0\ifx o\@tempa 1\else\ifcat A\noexpand\@tempa 2\fi\fi\relax
      \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdima #1\arrayrulewidth \p@\@nnil
      \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdimb #2\p@ \@nnil
      \tabu@lineoff #1 on#2 off\tabu@dashgap \p@ \@nnil
   \or\@tempdima \arrayrulewidth
      \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdimb #2\p@ \@nnil
      \tabu@lineoff #1 on#2 off\tabu@dashgap \p@ \@nnil
   \else
      \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdima \arrayrulewidth #1\p@\@nnil
      \ifx\tabu@color\@empty \tabucline@warn\@tempa\else
      \@tempdimb \z@
      \tabu@lineoff off0pt \p@\@nnil \fi
   \fi
}% \tabu@lineon
\def\tabu@lineoff #1off#2\@nnil{%
   \tabu@maybecolor \@tempdimc #2\p@ \@nnil
   \iftabu@colortbl \ifx \tabu@color\@empty
      \def\tabu@color{\noexpand\CT@arc@}%
   \fi\fi
   \ifdim \@tempdimb=\z@
      \ifdim \@tempdimc>\z@ \@tempdimb \tabu@dashgap\relax\fi\fi
   \ifdim \@tempdimc=\z@
      \ifdim \@tempdimb>\z@ \@tempdimc \tabu@linedash\relax\fi\fi
   \ifdim \@tempdima<\z@ \else
   \ifdim \@tempdimb<\z@ \else
   \ifdim \@tempdimc<\z@ \else
      \edef \tabu@xleaders{\tabu@color\xleaders
         \ifdim\@tempdimc>\z@
            \hbox\bgroup \kern\the\dimexpr\@tempdimc/2\relax\fi
         \noexpand\iftabu@firstcline
         \vrule depth\dimexpr\the\@tempdima
                \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@ width\the\@tempdimb\fi
         \noexpand\else
         \vrule height\dimexpr-\extrarowheight+\the\@tempdima
                depth\dimexpr\extrarowheight
               \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@ width\the\@tempdimb\fi
         \noexpand\fi
         \ifdim\@tempdimc>\z@
            \kern\the\dimexpr\@tempdimc/2\egroup\fi
         \tabu@leaderfill}%
   \fi\fi\fi
}% \tabu@lineoff
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@colortest}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@colortest{\futurelet\tabu@temp\tabu@linecolor}
\def\tabu@linecolor{%
   \ifcase 0\if ,\noexpand\tabu@temp\else
            \ifx\relax\tabu@temp\else
            \ifx \@sptoken\tabu@temp1\else
            \ifcat A\noexpand\tabu@temp2\else
            3\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
   \def\tabu@next##1{\futurelet\tabu@temp\tabu@linecolor}%
   \or\def\tabu@next{\tabu@gobblespace{\futurelet\tabu@temp\tabu@linecolor}}%
   \or\let\tabu@next \tabu@getlinecolor
   \else\expandafter\remove@to@nnil
   \fi \tabu@next
}% \tabu@linecolor
\def\tabu@getlinecolor#1\p@{%
   \edef\@tempa{\zap@space #1 \@empty}%
   \ifcsname\string\color@\@tempa\endcsname
      \edef\tabu@color{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\color{\@tempa}}%  \set@color
   \fi\remove@to@nnil
}% \tabu@getlinecolor
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabulinestyle}
%
%    \cs{tabulinestyle}\M*{style=spec.}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabulinestyle#1{\@for\@tempa:=#1\do
                     {\expandafter\tabu@linestyle\@tempa==\@nil}}
\def\tabu@linestyle#1=#2=#3\@nil{%
   \begingroup \tabu@getlinespec {#2}%
      \toks@\expandafter{\tabu@xleaders}%
      \@temptokena\expandafter{\tabu@color}%
      \expandafter\xdef\csname tabu@line@style@\detokenize{#1}\endcsname
         {\@tempdima\the\@tempdima
         \def\noexpand\tabu@color{\the\@temptokena}\relax
         \def\noexpand\tabu@xleaders{\the\toks@}\relax}%
   \endgroup
}% \tabu@linestyle
\expandafter\def \csname tabu@line@style@\endcsname {%
                                    \let\tabu@xleaders \tabu@defaultleaders}%
\def\tabu@defaultleaders{\iftabu@colortbl\CT@arc@\fi
   \leaders
   \iftabu@firstcline
      \vrule  depth \arrayrulewidth
   \else
      \vrule  height\dimexpr-\extrarowheight+\arrayrulewidth
              depth \extrarowheight
   \fi
   \tabu@leaderfill}
\let\tabu@leaderfill \hfil
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection(Verbatim with X columns){Verbatim inside \textt{tabu} with \textt X columns}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@sanitizetext}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
{\catcode32=13\relax\catcode`\^^@=13\relax
\gdef\tabu@verb{\@sanitize\catcode`\^=7\edef\^{\string^}\tabu@makeatletter
\catcode32=13\let =\ \catcode`\^^@=13\def^^@{\hskip\parfillskip\null\linebreak}%
\endlinechar\m@ne}}
{\catcode64=13\edef @{\string @}\expandafter\xdef
   \csname tabu@makeatletter\endcsname{\catcode64=13\def\noexpand @{\unskip @}}}
\newcommand\tabu@sanitizetext[1][\ttfamily]{\begingroup
                        \tabu@verb #1\tabu@s@nitizetext}
\long\def\tabu@s@nitizetext#1{\@makeother\{\@makeother\}%
            \everyeof{\noexpand}\scantokens{#1}\endgroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Numbers in \textt{tabu}}
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{tabudecimal}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabudecimal}
%
%    \cs{tabu@tabudecimal} is \cs{tabudecimal} inside \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@tabudecimal#1{%
   \def\tabu@decimal{#1}\@temptokena{}%
   \let\tabu@getdecimal@ \tabu@getdecimal@ignorespaces
   \tabu@scandecimal
}% \tabu@tabudecimal
\def\tabu@scandecimal{\futurelet \tabu@temp \tabu@getdecimal@}
\def\tabu@skipdecimal#1{#1\tabu@scandecimal}
\def\tabu@getdecimal@ignorespaces{%
   \ifcase 0\ifx\tabu@temp\ignorespaces\else
            \ifx\tabu@temp\@sptoken1\else
            2\fi\fi\relax
      \let\tabu@getdecimal@ \tabu@getdecimal
      \expandafter\tabu@skipdecimal
   \or \expandafter\tabu@gobblespace\expandafter\tabu@scandecimal
   \else \expandafter\tabu@skipdecimal
   \fi
}% \tabu@getdecimal@ignorespaces
\def\tabu@get@decimal#1{\@temptokena\expandafter{\the\@temptokena #1}%
                        \tabu@scandecimal}
\def\do#1{%
   \def\tabu@get@decimalspace#1{%
      \@temptokena\expandafter{\the\@temptokena #1}\tabu@scandecimal}%
}\do{ }
\let\tabu@@tabudecimal \tabu@tabudecimal
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@getdecimal}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@getdecimal{%
   \ifcase    0\ifx 0\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 1\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 2\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 3\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 4\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 5\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 6\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 7\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 8\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx 9\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx .\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx ,\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx -\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx +\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx e\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx E\tabu@temp\else
               \ifx\tabu@cellleft\tabu@temp1\else
               \ifx\ignorespaces\tabu@temp1\else
               \ifx\@sptoken\tabu@temp2\else
            3\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
       \expandafter\tabu@get@decimal
   \or \expandafter\tabu@skipdecimal
   \or \expandafter\tabu@get@decimalspace
   \else\expandafter\tabu@printdecimal
   \fi
}% \tabu@getdecimal
\def\tabu@printdecimal{%
   \edef\tabu@temp{\the\@temptokena}%
   \ifx\tabu@temp\@empty\else
   \ifx\tabu@temp\space\else
      \expandafter\tabu@decimal\expandafter{\the\@temptokena}%
   \fi\fi
}% \tabu@printdecimal
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark={color*=DarkRed}}
% \subsection{\cs{extrarowsep} and \cs{tabulinesep}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\extrarowsep}
%
%    \cs{extrarowsep} makes the assignment for both \cs{extrarowheight} and \cs{extrarowdepth}.
%
%    The macro may be prefixed by \cs{global}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\extrarowsep{\edef\tabu@C@rowsep{\the\numexpr\tabu@C@rowsep+1}%
   \aftergroup\tabu@Growsep
   \afterassignment\tabu@setrowsep \extrarowheight
}% \extrarowsep
\def\tabu@setrowsep{%
   \extrarowdepth\extrarowheight
   \tabu@Gsave \tabu@G@rowsep \tabu@C@rowsep \extrarowheight \extrarowdepth
}% \tabu@setrowsep
\def\tabu@Growsep{\ifx \tabu@G@rowsep\@empty \else \tabu@Rrowsep\fi}
\def\tabu@Rrowsep{\tabu@Grestore \tabu@G@rowsep \tabu@C@rowsep}
\let\tabu@C@rowsep  \z@
\let\tabu@G@rowsep  \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabulinesep}
%
%    \cs{tabulinesep} makes the assignment for both \cs{abovetabulinesep} and \cs{belowtabulinesep},
%    similar to \xpackage{cellspace} \cs{cellspacetoplimit} and \cs{cellspacebottomlimit}.
%
%    The macro may be prefixed by \cs{global}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabulinesep{\edef\tabu@C@linesep{\the\numexpr\tabu@C@linesep+1}%
   \aftergroup\tabu@Glinesep
   \afterassignment\tabu@setlinesep \abovetabulinesep
}% \tabulinesep
\def\tabu@setlinesep{%
   \belowtabulinesep\abovetabulinesep
   \tabu@Gsave \tabu@G@linesep \tabu@C@linesep \abovetabulinesep \belowtabulinesep
}% \tabu@setlinesep
\def\tabu@Glinesep{\ifx \tabu@G@linesep\@empty \else \tabu@Rlinesep\fi}
\def\tabu@Rlinesep{\tabu@Grestore \tabu@G@linesep \tabu@C@linesep}
\let\tabu@C@linesep \z@
\let\tabu@G@linesep \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Gsave}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@Grestore}
%
%    Utility macro to implement the possibility to prefix a macro by \cs{global}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@Gsave #1#2#3#4{\xdef#1{#1%
   \toks#2{\toks\the\currentgrouplevel{\global#3\the#3\global#4\the#4}}}%
}% \tabu@Gsave
\def\tabu@Grestore#1#2{\begingroup
   \toks#2{}#1\toks\currentgrouplevel\expandafter{\expandafter}\the\toks#2\relax
   \ifcat$\the\toks\currentgrouplevel$\else
      \global\let#1\@empty \global\let#2\z@
   \fi
   \expandafter\endgroup
   \the\toks\currentgrouplevel
}% \tabu@Grestore
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@verticalmeasure}
%
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@verticalmeasure{%
   \ifnum \currentgrouptype>12
      \begingroup\lrbox\tabu@box \d@llarbegin
      \let\tabu@verticalspacing \tabu@verticalsp@lcr
   \else
      \setbox\tabu@box
         \ifnum \currentgrouptype=5\vtop\else\vbox\fi \bgroup
         \everypar{}\let\@finalstrut \@gobble
         \let\tabu@verticalspacing \tabu@verticalsp@pmb
   \fi
}% \tabu@verticalmeasure
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@verticalsp@lcr}
%
%    Vertical spacing adjustment for standard \textt l,\, \textt c,\, \textt r\, columns.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@verticalsp@lcr{% adjust \ht \tabu@box  and  \dp \tabu@box
   \d@llarend\endlrbox\endgroup
   \@tempdima \dimexpr \ht\@arstrutbox -\ht\tabu@box \relax
   \@tempdimb \dimexpr \dp\@arstrutbox -\dp\tabu@box \relax
   \ifdim \@tempdima<\abovetabulinesep
      \ht\tabu@box=\dimexpr \ht\tabu@box+\abovetabulinesep\relax \fi
   \ifdim \@tempdimb<\belowtabulinesep
      \dp\tabu@box=\dimexpr \dp\tabu@box+\belowtabulinesep \relax \fi
   \leavevmode \box\tabu@box
}% \tabu@verticalsp@lcr
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@verticalsp@pmb}
%
%    Vertical spacing adjustment with struts for \textt p,\, \textt m,\, or \textt b\, columns.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@verticalsp@pmb{% inserts struts as needed
   \par \expandafter\egroup
   \expandafter\@tempdimc \the\prevdepth
   \@tempdima \dimexpr \ht\@arstrutbox -\ht\tabu@box \relax
   \@tempdimb \dimexpr \dp\@arstrutbox -\@tempdimc \relax
   \ifdim \@tempdima<\abovetabulinesep
      \llap {\vrule
         \@height \dimexpr\ht\tabu@box+\abovetabulinesep\relax
         \@depth  -\ht\tabu@box
         \@width  \tabustrutrule
      }\nointerlineskip \vskip-\ht\tabu@box
   \fi
   \unvbox\tabu@box
   \ifdim \@tempdimb<\belowtabulinesep
      \llap{\vrule
         \@depth  \dimexpr \belowtabulinesep \relax
         \@height \z@
         \@width  \tabustrutrule
      }\nointerlineskip%\vskip-\@tempdimc
      \let\@finalstrut \@gobble
   \fi
}% \tabu@verticalsp@pmb
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark={color*=DarkRed}}
% \subsection{\cs{savetabu}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\savetabu}
%
%    When this command is called by the user, the \textt{tabu} preamble and target are globally
%    stored into a macro \cs{tabu@saved@\meta{user-name}}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\savetabu[1]{\noalign{%
   \ifx\\#1\\\tabu@savewarn{}{The tabu will not be saved}\else
      \@ifundefined{tabu@saved@\string#1}{}{\tabu@savewarn{#1}{Overwritting}}%
      {%
      \toks0\expandafter{\tabu@savedpreamble}%
      \toks1\expandafter{\tabu@savedparam}%
      \toks2\expandafter{\tabu@savedpream}%
      \toks3{}%
      \iftabu@negcoef
         \edef\tabu@savewd{\tabu@savewd{\number\numexpr1}}%
         \toks3\expandafter{\tabu@savewd}\fi
      \expandafter\xdef\csname tabu@saved@\string#1\endcsname##1{%
         \noexpand\ifcase##1\relax
            \noexpand\ifdim\tabu@target>\z@
               \noexpand\tabu@warn@usetabu
            \noexpand\fi
            \tabu@target \the\tabu@target\relax
            \tabucolX \the\tabucolX\relax
            \the\toks1%
            \gdef\noexpand\tabu@usetabu{%
               \the\toks1%
               \def\noexpand\@halignto{\tabu@halignto}%
               \tabucolX \the\tabucolX\relax
               \def\noexpand\@preamble{\the\toks0}%
               \noexpand\tabu@make@arstrutbox
               \the\toks3
               \noexpand\ifx \noexpand\tabu@align\noexpand\tabu@aligndefault@text
                  \def\noexpand\tabu@align{\tabu@align}%
               \noexpand\fi}%
            \aftergroup\noexpand\tabu@usetabu
         \noexpand\else
            \noexpand\ifdim\tabu@target=\z@
               \tabu@target \the\tabu@target\relax
            \noexpand\fi
            \gdef\noexpand\tabu@preamble{%
               \noexpand\ifx \noexpand\tabu@align\noexpand\tabu@aligndefault@text
                  \def\noexpand\tabu@align{\tabu@align}%
               \noexpand\fi}%
            \aftergroup\noexpand\tabu@preamble
         \noexpand\fi
         \the\toks2}%
      \tabu@message@save{#1}}%
   \fi}%
}% \savetabu
\def\tabu@aligndefault@text{\tabu@aligndefault}%
\def\tabu@warn@usetabu{\PackageWarning{tabu}
   {Specifying a target with \string\usetabu\space is useless
   \MessageBreak The target cannot be changed!}}
\def\tabu@savewd#1{%
   \ifnum#1>\tabu@nbcols \expandafter \@gobble
   \else \ifdim\tabu@wd{#1}>\z@
         \noexpand\tabu@wddef{#1}{\tabu@wd{#1}}\fi
         \expandafter\tabu@savewd % loop
   \fi{#1+1}%
}% \tabu@savewd
\def\tabu@make@arstrutbox{%
  \@tempdima \ht \strutbox
  \@tempdimb \dp \strutbox
  \advance \@tempdima by\extrarowheight
  \advance \@tempdimb by\extrarowdepth
  \setbox \@arstrutbox \hbox{\vrule
             \@height \arraystretch \@tempdima
             \@depth  \arraystretch \@tempdimb
             \@width  \z@}%
}% \tabu@make@arstrutbox
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@savewarn}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@saveerr}
%
%    Info for overwritting when \cs{savetabu} is used.
%
%    Error if \cs{usetabu} is called with an unknown argument.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@savewarn#1#2{\PackageInfo{tabu}
   {User-name `#1' already used for \string\savetabu
   \MessageBreak #2}}%
\def\tabu@saveerr#1{\PackageError{tabu}
   {User-name `#1' is unknown for \string\usetabu
   \MessageBreak I cannot restore an unknown preamble!}\@ehd}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \sectionformat\subsection{bookmark={color*=DarkRed}}
% \subsection(\cs{rowfont}){\csbf{rowfont}}
%
% \subsubsection(Font and alignment){Setting font and alignment specification}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\rowfont}
%
%    \cs{rowfont} uses the control sequences \cs{tabu@celllalign}, \cs{tabu@cellleft}, \cs{tabu@cellright}\linebreak
%    and \cs{tabu@cellralign} which have been placed on purpose into the user-defined tokens inserted
%    in any preamble by the \xpackage{array} package.
%
%    \cs{tabu@celllalign} and \cs{tabu@cellralign} are used to modify the alignment. If the optional
%    \M[alignment] parameter of \cs{rowfont} is not specified, then those control sequence expand
%    to \cs{@empty}.
%
%    \cs{tabu@cellleft} contains the font-modification information.
%
%    Placement of those control sequences into the user-tokens that are inserted in the preamble
%    by the \xpackage{array} package is explained below under the macro \cs{tabu@prepnext@tok}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@rowfont{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\tabu@row@font}
\newcommand*\tabu@row@font[2][]{%
   \global\let\tabu@rowfontreset \tabu@rowfont@reset
   \global\let\tabu@@cellleft    \tabu@cellleft
   \global\let\tabu@@cellright   \tabu@cellright
   \global\let\tabu@@celllalign  \tabu@celllalign
   \global\let\tabu@@cellralign  \tabu@cellralign
   \gdef\tabu@cellfont{#2}%
   \ifcsname tabu@cell@#1\endcsname       % row alignment
      \csname tabu@cell@#1\endcsname \fi
   \toks@\expandafter {\tabu@cellleft\tabu@cellfont}% inside \noalign group ok
   \xdef\tabu@cellleft {\the\toks@}%
   \ifnum0=`{\fi}% end of noalign group
}% \rowfont
\def\tabu@ifcolorleavevmode#1{\let\color \tabu@leavevmodecolor #1\let\color\tabu@color}%
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \ifdefined\color
      \let\tabu@color \color
      {\toks@\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname color \endcsname}
      \xdef\tabu@leavevmodecolor{\leavevmode\the\toks@}}
   \else \let\tabu@ifcolorleavevmode \@firstofone
   \fi
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@rowfont@reset}
%
%    This macro resets \cs{tabu@celllalign},\, \cs{tabu@cellleft},\, \cs{tabu@cellright},\, \cs{tabu@cellralign}\, and\,
%    \cs{everycr} to the value they had before the expansion of \cs{rowfont}.
%
%    It expands when a new row is inserted into the tabular or array.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@rowfont@reset{%
   \noalign{%
      \global\let\tabu@rowfontreset \@empty
      \global\let\tabu@cellleft     \tabu@@cellleft
      \global\let\tabu@cellright    \tabu@@cellright
      \global\let\tabu@cellfont     \@empty
      \global\let\tabu@celllalign   \tabu@@celllalign
      \global\let\tabu@cellralign   \tabu@@cellralign
   }%
}% \tabu@rowfont@reset
\let\tabu@rowfontreset \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\everyrow}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\everyrow #1{%
   \ifdim\baselineskip=\z@\noalign\fi
   {\gdef\tabu@everyrow@hook{#1}}%
}% \everyrow
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection(Tokens preparation){Preparing stuff to be able to use \cs{rowfont}}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@prepnext@tok}
%
%    \cs{tabu@prepnext@tok} will replace \cs{prepnext@tok} (in \xfile{array.sty}): its purpose is to add
%    the control sequences \cs{tabu@celllalign},\, \cs{tabu@cellleft},\, \cs{tabu@cellright}\, and\, \cs{tabu@cellralign}\,
%    at the right position in the ``preamble'' for \cs{halign}. Those control sequences are not inserted directly
%    into the preamble, but by the means of the user-tokens placed there by the \xpackage{array} package.
%
%     The package \xpackage{array} defines a macro \cs{prenext@tok} to initialize each user-token
%     inserted at both side of each ``normal'' column. For ``special`' \textttbf @ and \texttbf ! columns,
%     there is only one token.
%     \begin{center}
%     \begin{tikzpicture}
%     \node (L) at (1,1)  {$\underbrace{\hbox{>\M*{\cs{bfseries}\cs{color}\M*{red}}}}$}
%           node [anchor=west] (r) at (L.east) {\raise.5ex\hbox{\larger r}}
%           node [anchor=west] (R) at (r.east) {$\underbrace{\hbox{<\M*{\cs{color}\M*{black}\cs ,\cs\$}}}$}
%           node [anchor=center] at (L.south) {\cs{toks}<$i$>}
%           node [anchor=center] at (R.south) {\cs{toks}<$i+1$>};
%     \end{tikzpicture}
%     \end{center}
%
%     When a column is inserted in the tabular preamble (\cs{@preamble}), the \TeX{} counter \cs{count@}
%     is equal to $i+1$ (\ie the right token) and the counter \cs{@tempcnta} is equal to $i$ (\ie the left token).
%     If the column is special (\ie \texttbf @ or \texttbf !) \cs{@tempcnta} is not updated.
%
%     Thus, when a new token is ``prepared'' by \cs{prepnext@tok}:
%     \begin{description}[leftmargin=1cm,beginpenalty=10000]
%     \item[either: $\mathbf{i=}$\cs{count@}$\,=$\cs{@tempcnta}]: the token to prepare (\ie \cs{toks}$<i+1>$)
%           is the right one of a ``normal'' column. The switch \cs{iftabu@cellright} is set to \textt{true}. \\
%           The \emph{previous} token (\cs{toks}$<i>=$\cs{toks}\cs{count@}) is necessarily the left one of this ``normal'' column:
%           we prepend \cs{tabu@celllalign} and append \cs{tabu@cellleft} to this token (\cs{toks}$<i>$).
%           This token is finished and will not change afterwards.
%
%     \item[or: $\mathbf{i=}$\cs{count@}$\,=$\cs{@tempcnta}$+1$]: the token to prepare (\cs{toks}$<i+1>$) is either the left one of a normal column,
%           or the single one of a special\, \texttbf @ or \texttbf !\, column.\\
%           If the switch \cs{iftabu@cellright} is true, then the \emph{previous} token \cs{toks}$<i>$ is the right one of the last inserted column
%           (which was a ``normal'' column, thus):, \cs{tabu@cellright}\cs{tabu@cellralign}\, is appended to it, and the switch
%           \cs{ittabu@cellright} is reset to \texttt{false}.
%           May be \cs{prepnext@tok} will be expanded again (by \cs{save@decl}): if it happens,
%           then again\, \cs{count@}$\,=$\cs{@tempcnta}$+1$\, (same case) but \cs{iftabu@cellright} is \textt{false} and nothing is changed.
%
%     \item[else:] The token to prepare (which is \cs{toks}$<i+1>=$\cs{toks}\cs{count@}$+1$), cannot be the right one of a ``normal'' column:
%           \cs{iftabu@cellright} is set to \textt{false}. \\
%           The fact that\, $\vert$\cs{count@}$-$\cs{@tempcnta}$\vert>1$\, tells us that the previous token \cs{toks}$<i>$
%           is necessarily the single one of a ``special''\, \texttbf @ or \texttbf !\, column. We don't modify this token, as
%           long as \emph{special columns are always inserted as is}:\, \cs{rowcolor} has no effect on special
%           columns, nor\, \cs{rowfont}.
%     \end{description}
%     Thereafter, the original initialisation sequence occurs: \cs{advance}\cs{count@}\textt{ by}\cs{@ne} and initialize the token
%     to prepare (\cs{toks}\cs{count@}$\,=$\cs{toks}$<i+1>$) to an empty one.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\iftabu@cellright
\AtBeginDocument{\let\tabu@prepnext@tokORI \prepnext@tok }% original definition
\def\tabu@prepnext@tok{%
   \ifnum \count@<\z@  % <first initialisation>
      \@tempcnta \@M   % <not initialized by array.sty>
      \tabu@nbcols\z@
      \let\tabu@fornoopORI \@fornoop
      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\tabu@global@temp\expandafter{%
         \tabu@global@temp\gdef\tabu@global@temp{}\tabu@nbcols\z@}%
      \expandafter\let\csname tabu@tok@1L\endcsname \relax
      \tabu@cellrightfalse
   \else
      \ifcase \numexpr \count@-\@tempcnta \relax % (case 0): prev. token is left
         \advance \tabu@nbcols\@ne
         \expandafter\let\csname tabu@tok@\the\tabu@nbcols R\endcsname \relax
         \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\tabu@global@temp\expandafter{%
                           \tabu@global@temp \advance\tabu@nbcols\@ne}%
         \iftabu@cellright % before-previous token is right and is finished
            \tabu@cellrightfalse % <only once>
            \tabu@savetok R\tabu@preptokenright
         \fi
         \ifnum \tabu@nbcols=\@ne \tabu@savetok L\fi
         \tabu@preptokenleft
      \or                     % (case 1) previous token is right
         \tabu@savetok R\tabu@cellrighttrue
         \let\@fornoop \tabu@lastnoop
      \else % special column: do not change the token
         \ifnum \tabu@nbcols>\z@ %special column: always on the right of normal one
            \tabu@savetok R%
         \else % unless this is the very first column (\tabu@nbcols=0)
            \advance\tabu@nbcols\@ne \tabu@savetok L\advance\tabu@nbcols\m@ne
         \fi
         \iftabu@cellright    % before-previous token is right
            \tabu@cellrightfalse
            \tabu@preptokenright
         \fi
      \fi % \ifcase
   \fi
   \tabu@prepnext@tokORI
}% \tabu@prepnext@tok
\long\def\tabu@lastnoop#1\@@#2#3{\in@\@nextchar{#2}%
   \ifin@
      \let\@fornoop \tabu@fornoopORI
      \toks0\expandafter{\expandafter\tabu@everyrowtrue \the\toks0}%
      \expandafter\prepnext@tok
   \fi
}% \tabu@lastnoop
\def\tabu@preptokenright{%
   \advance \count@ \m@ne
   \toks\count@\expandafter {\the\toks\count@ \tabu@cellright \tabu@cellralign}%
   \advance \count@ \@ne
}% \tabu@preptokenright
\def\tabu@preptokenleft{\toks\count@\expandafter{\expandafter\tabu@celllalign
                         \the\toks\count@ \tabu@cellleft}% after because of $
}% \tabu@preptokenleft
\def\tabu@savetok#1{\begingroup
   \expandafter\tabu@savet@k\csname tabu@tok@\the\tabu@nbcols #1\endcsname
}% \tabu@savetok
\def\tabu@savet@k#1{%
   \ifnum \@chclass=\@ne \toks@\toks\count@
   \else\ifnum\@chclass=5 \toks@\toks\count@
   \else \toks@{}\fi\fi
   \unless\ifx#1\relax
      \toks@\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
                        \expandafter#1\the\toks@}\fi
   \toks@\expandafter{\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{%
                                                      \the\toks@}}%
   \@temptokena\expandafter{\tabu@global@temp}%
   \xdef\tabu@global@temp {\the\@temptokena \the\toks@}%
   \expandafter\endgroup \the\toks@
}% \tabu@savetok
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection(Glue neutralisation){Neutralisation of glues and alignment modification}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cellleft}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@celllalign}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cellright}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cellralign}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cellfont}
%    First initialisation to \cs{@empty}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\tabu@cellleft   \@empty
\let\tabu@cellright  \@empty
\def\tabu@celllalign {\tabu@cellleft}% row font spec. applies to pre-column material
\let\tabu@cellralign \@empty
\let\tabu@cellfont   \@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cell@align}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@cell@align #1#2#3{%
   \toks@\expandafter{\tabu@celllalign #1}%
   \xdef\tabu@celllalign{\the\toks@}%
   \toks@\expandafter{\tabu@cellralign #2}%
   \xdef\tabu@cellralign{\the\toks@}%
   \toks@\expandafter{\tabu@cellleft #3}%
   \xdef\tabu@cellleft{\the\toks@}%
}% \tabu@cell@align
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cell@l}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cell@c}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cell@r}
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@cell@j}
%
%    Setup macros to modify the alignment. The skips inserted to make the standard alignment
%    specified in the \textt{tabular} preamble are not the same with standard \xpackage{array} tabulars
%    and \xpackage{colortbl} tabulars, hence the switch \cs{iftabu@colortbl}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@cell@l{% force alignment to left
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \raggedright \tabu@cellleft}% left
      {\tabu@flush1\tabu@ignorehfil}%                 right
      \raggedright
}% \tabu@cell@l
\def\tabu@cell@c{% force alignment to center
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \centering \tabu@flush{.5}\tabu@cellleft}
      {\tabu@flush{.5}\tabu@ignorehfil}
      \centering
}% \tabu@cell@c
\def\tabu@cell@r{% force alignment to right
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \raggedleft \tabu@flush1\tabu@cellleft}
      \tabu@ignorehfil
      \raggedleft
}% \tabu@cell@r
\def\tabu@cell@j{% force justification (for p, m, b columns)
      \tabu@cell@align
         {\tabu@justify\tabu@cellleft}
         {}
         \tabu@justify
}% \tabu@cell@j
\def\tabu@justify{%
   \leftskip\z@skip \@rightskip\leftskip \rightskip\@rightskip
   \parfillskip\@flushglue
}% \tabu@justify
%% ragged2e settings
\def\tabu@cell@L{% force alignment to left (ragged2e)
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \RaggedRight \arraybackslash
       \tabu@cellleft}
      {\tabu@flush1\tabu@ignorehfil}
      {\RaggedRight \arraybackslash}%
}% \tabu@cell@L
\def\tabu@cell@C{% force alignment to center (ragged2e)
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \Centering \arraybackslash
       \tabu@flush{.5}\tabu@cellleft}
      {\tabu@flush{.5}\tabu@ignorehfil}
      {\Centering \arraybackslash}%
}% \tabu@cell@C
\def\tabu@cell@R{% force alignment to right (ragged2e)
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\tabu@removehfil \RaggedLeft \arraybackslash
       \tabu@flush1\tabu@cellleft}
      {\tabu@ignorehfil}
      {\RaggedLeft \arraybackslash}%
}% \tabu@cell@R
\def\tabu@cell@J{% force justification (ragged2e)
   \tabu@cell@align
      {\justifying \arraybackslash \tabu@cellleft}
      {}
      {\justifying \arraybackslash}%
}% \tabu@cell@J
\def\tabu@flush#1{%
   \iftabu@colortbl      % colortbl uses \hfill rather than \hfil
      \hskip \ifnum\currentgrouptype>13 \stretch{#1}%
      \else\ifdim#1pt<1pt \tabu@cellskip
      \else \stretch{#1}
      \fi\fi \relax
   \else                % array.sty
      \ifnum \currentgrouptype>13\relax
         \hfil \hskip1sp
      \fi
   \fi
}% \tabu@flush
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \@ifpackageloaded{ragged2e}
      {}
      {\let\tabu@cell@L \tabu@cell@l
       \let\tabu@cell@R \tabu@cell@r
       \let\tabu@cell@C \tabu@cell@c
       \let\tabu@cell@J \tabu@cell@j
      }%
}% AtBeginDocument
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@removehfil}
%
%    \cs{tabu@removehfil} removes (eventually) the infinite stretchable glue inserted
%    \emph{before} the cell (in the preamble of \cs{halign}) to make the column alignment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newskip\tabu@cellskip
\let\tabu@hfil\hfil
\let\tabu@hfill\hfill
\let\tabu@hskip\hskip
\def\tabu@removehfil{%
   \iftabu@colortbl
      \unkern \tabu@cellskip = \lastskip
      \ifnum\gluestretchorder\tabu@cellskip = \tw@ \hskip-\tabu@cellskip
      \else \tabu@cellskip = \z@skip
      \fi
   \else
      \ifdim\lastskip=1sp\unskip\fi
      \ifnum\gluestretchorder\lastskip = \@ne
         \hfilneg % \hfilneg for array.sty but not for colortbl...
      \fi
   \fi
}% \tabu@removehfil
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@ignorehfil}
%
%    \cs{tabu@ignorehfil} removes (eventually) the infinite stretchable glue inserted
%    \emph{after} the cell (in the preamble of \cs{halign}) to make the column alignment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@ignorehfil{%
   \aftergroup\tabu@nohfil
}% \tabu@ignorehfil
\def\tabu@nohfil{% \hfil -> do nothing + restore original \hfil
   \def\hfil{\let\hfil\tabu@hfil}%   local to (alignment template) group
}% \tabu@nohfil
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \@ifpackageloaded{colortbl}
   {%
   \def\tabu@nohfil{%
      \def\hfil{\let\hfil\tabu@hfil}% local to (alignment template) group
      \def\hfill{\let\hfill\tabu@hfill}% (colortbl uses \hfill) pfff...
      \def\hskip##1\relax{\let\hskip\tabu@hskip}}% local
   }% @ifpackageloaded colortbl
   {}%
}% AtBeginDocument
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Utilities}
%
% \subsubsection{\textt{tabu} \cs{fbox}}
%
% \cs{tabu@fbox} works exactly like \LaTeX{} \cs{fbox} but allows the syntax: \cs{fbox}\cs{bgroup}...\cs{egroup}
% suitable for use inside tabular columns. \cs{fbox} is \cs{let} to \cs{tabu@fbox} at the entry inside a \textt{tabu}
% environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@fbox{%
   \leavevmode
   \let\color@bgroup\bgroup
   \def\color@egroup{\endgraf\egroup}%
   \afterassignment\tabu@begin@fbox
            \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox
}% \tabu@fbox
\def\tabu@begin@fbox{\color@bgroup\kern\fboxsep\aftergroup\tabu@end@fbox}
\def\tabu@end@fbox{\kern\fboxsep \color@egroup \@frameb@x\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{\textt{tabu} \cs{fcolorbox}}
%
% \cs{tabu@fcolorbox} works exactly like \xpackage{xcolor} \cs{fcolorbox} but allows the syntax:
%
% \cs{fcolorbox}\M*{frame color}\M*{background color}\cs{bgroup}...\cs{egroup}
%
% suitable for use insed tabular columns. \cs{fcolorbox} is \cs{let} to \cs{tabu@fcolorbox} at the entry inside a \textt{tabu}
% environment.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@color@b@x#1#2{\leavevmode
   \def\tabu@do@color@b@x{#1{#2\color@block{\wd\z@}{\ht\z@}{\dp\z@}\box\z@}}%
   \afterassignment\tabu@begin@color@b@x
                        \setbox\z@ \hbox
}% \tabu@color@b@x
\def\tabu@begin@color@b@x{%
   \bgroup \kern\fboxsep \set@color
   \aftergroup\tabu@end@color@b@x
}% \tabu@begin@color@b@x
\def\tabu@end@color@b@x{\kern\fboxsep \egroup
  \dimen@\ht\z@\advance\dimen@\fboxsep\ht\z@\dimen@
  \dimen@\dp\z@\advance\dimen@\fboxsep\dp\z@\dimen@
  \tabu@do@color@b@x
}% \tabu@end@color@b@x
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsubsection{\cs{centering}, \cs{raggedright}, \cs{raggedleft}}
%
% Inside \textt{tabu} environment, no need to add \cs{arraybackslash} after these commands.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@temp#1#2#3{{\toks@\expandafter{#2#3}\xdef#1{\the\toks@}}}
\tabu@temp \tabu@centering   \centering   \arraybackslash
\tabu@temp \tabu@raggedleft  \raggedleft  \arraybackslash
\tabu@temp \tabu@raggedright \raggedright \arraybackslash
\def\tabu@normalcrbackslash{\let\\\@normalcr}
\def\tabu@trivlist{\expandafter\def\expandafter\@trivlist\expandafter{%
                       \expandafter\tabu@normalcrbackslash \@trivlist}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%
% \subsection{Corrections}
%
% \subsubsection(delarray compatibility fix){delarray comptability fix for \xpackage{colortbl} and \xpackage{arydshln}}
%
% Both \xpackage{colortbl} and \xpackage{arydshln} forgot the control sequence \cs{@arrayright}
% which must be expanded by \cs{endarray}. Originally defined for \xpackage{delarray}, this control
% sequence is used by \textt{tabu} environments when \textt{tabu X} columns are present in the preamble.
%
% Here is the fix. We test if \cs{endarray} contains \cs{@arrayright} before modifying the control sequence,
% in case \xpackage{colortbl} and/or \xpackage{arydshln} modify their implementation.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@fix@arrayright{%
   \@ifpackageloaded{arydshln}
   {%
   \@ifpackageloaded{colortbl}
      {%% colortbl + arydshln
      \def\tabu@endarray{%
         \adl@endarray \egroup \adl@arrayrestore \CT@end \egroup %<original>
         \@arrayright     % <FC>
         \gdef\@preamble{}% <FC>
                  }}% \endarray
      {%% arydshln / no colortbl
      \def\tabu@endarray{%
         \adl@endarray \egroup \adl@arrayrestore \egroup %<original>
         \@arrayright     % <FC>
         \gdef\@preamble{}% <FC>
                  }}% \endarray
   }%
   {%
   \@ifpackageloaded{colortbl}
      {%% colortbl / no arydshln
      \def\tabu@endarray{%
         \crcr \egroup \egroup
         \@arrayright  % <FC>
         \gdef\@preamble{}\CT@end
                  }}%
      {\PackageWarning{tabu}
         {\string\@arrayright\space is missing from the
         \MessageBreak definition of \string\endarray.
         \MessageBreak Comptability with delarray.sty is broken.}}%
   }%
}% \tabu@fix@arrayright
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{arydshln @ columns}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@adl@xarraydashrule#1#2#3{%
     \ifnum\@lastchclass=\adl@class@start\else
     \ifnum\@lastchclass=\@ne\else
     \ifnum\@lastchclass=5 \else % <FC> @-arg (class 5) and !-arg (class 1)
             \adl@leftrulefalse \fi\fi           % must be treated the same
     \fi
     \ifadl@zwvrule\else \ifadl@inactive\else
             \@addtopreamble{\vrule\@width\arrayrulewidth
                     \@height\z@ \@depth\z@}\fi \fi
     \ifadl@leftrule
             \@addtopreamble{\adl@vlineL{\CT@arc@}{\adl@dashgapcolor}%
                     {\number#1}#3}%
     \else   \@addtopreamble{\adl@vlineR{\CT@arc@}{\adl@dashgapcolor}%
                     {\number#2}#3}
     \fi
}% \tabu@adl@xarraydashrule
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{arydshln, colors without \xpackage{colortbl} and empty \textt p columns}
%
% \xpackage{arydshln} redefines \cs{@endpbox} for \textt p columns. The definition is stored in \cs{adl@act@endpbox}.
% Here it is:
%
% \begin{Verb*}
%  \unskip \ifhmode \nobreak
%        \vrule\@width\z@\@height\z@\@depth\dp\@arstrutbox
%        \fi
%  \egroup \adl@colhtdp \box\adl@box \hfil
% \end{Verb*}
%
% The \cs{vrule} inserted is exactly what package \xpackage{array} calls: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{@arstrutbox}.
%
% However, just like in \xfile{array.sty}, this array-\textt{strut} should be inserted inconditionnally,
% and \cs{ifhmode} applies only to \cs{nobreak} (misplaced \cs{fi} in \xpackage{arydshln} definition).
%
% Finally, \xpackage{arydshln} is not compatible with colors in columns, such that: \textt{>\M*{\cs{color}\M*{red}}p{3in}},
% Unless \xpackage{colortbl} is also loaded, the color group is missing.
%
% Fixed inside \textt{tabu}.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@adl@act@endpbox{%
   \unskip \ifhmode \nobreak \fi    \@finalstrut \@arstrutbox
   \egroup \egroup
   \adl@colhtdp \box\adl@box \hfil
}% \tabu@adl@act@endpbox
\def\tabu@adl@fix{%
   \let\adl@xarraydashrule \tabu@adl@xarraydashrule % <fix> arydshln
   \let\adl@act@endpbox    \tabu@adl@act@endpbox    % <fix> arydshln
   \let\adl@act@@endpbox   \tabu@adl@act@endpbox    % <fix> arydshln
   \let\@preamerror        \@preamerr               % <fix> arydshln
}% \tabu@adl@fix
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{\xpackage{longtable} \cs{@startpbox}: \cs{everypar} needed}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tabu@LT@startpbox}
%
%    The leading strut should be inserted at \cs{everypar} in order for \cs{tabulinesep} to work
%    (otherwise, \TeX{} is in horizontal mode and \cs{nointerlineskip} breaks).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabu@LT@startpbox #1{%
  \bgroup
    \let\@footnotetext\LT@p@ftntext
    \setlength\hsize{#1}%
    \@arrayparboxrestore
    \everypar{%
       \vrule \@height \ht\@arstrutbox \@width \z@
       \everypar{}}%
}% \tabu@LT@startpbox
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \restoregeometry
% \bookmarksetup{bold*}
% \pagesetup*{
%  left/offset-=1cm,right/offset+=1cm,
%  head/color=LightSteelBlue,
%  head/left=\moveleft1cm\vbox to0pt{\vss\setbox0=\null\ht0=0pt\wd0=\paperwidth\dp0=\headheight\rlap{\colorbox{GhostWhite}{\box0}}}\vskip-\headheight t\,a\,b\,u\,\ \ i\,n\,d\,e\,x,
%  }
%
% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
%
% \bibitem{array}
%   \textit{A new implementation of \LaTeX's \textt{tabular} and \textt{array} environments} by Frank Mittelbach\\
%   2008/09/09 v2.4c -- Tabular extension package (FMi) \\
%   \href{http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/array.html}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:help/Catalogue/entries/array.html}}
%
% \bibitem{varwidth}
% \textit{The \xpackage{varwidth} package} by Donald Arseneau \\
%   2009/03/30 ver 0.92 -- Variable-width minipages \\
%   \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/varwidth.html}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:help/Catalogue/entries/varwidth.html}}
%
% \bibitem{enumitem-zref}
% \textit{The \xpackage{enumitem-zref} package} by \FC \\
%   2010/11/28 ver 1.1 -- Extended references for enumitem pkg \\
%   \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/enumitem-zref.html}{\nolinkurl{CTAN:help/Catalogue/entries/enumitem-zref.html}}
%  \label{enumitem-zref}
%
% \end{thebibliography}
%
%
%
% \begin{History}
%
%   \def\Version#1{\HistVersion{#1}\setitemize{name=#1,leftmargin=2em}\itemize}
%
%   \sectionformat\subsection[hang]{font=\large\bfseries\macrocodecolor}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/01/19 v2.1}\HistLabel{2.1}
%   \item \hyperref[vertical spacing.sec]{Vertical spacing} had a bug with \textt{longtabu} and paragraph columns.\\
%         Fixed.
%   \item New: \csref{everyrow}.
%   \item Fix a bug of \csref{rowfont} when using \Xpackage{siunitx} \textt S columns.
%   \item Some code optimisation.
%   \item To do (if possible): a syntax  \textt{X[6mc]{S[...]}}  to  ``embed'' \Xpackage{siunitx} \textt S column
%         inside \textt{tabu} and \textt{longtabu} \textt X columns...
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/01/18 v2.0}\HistLabel{2.0}
%   \item \hyperref[vertical spacing.sec]{Vertical spacing} of lines implemented ! See \csref{tabulinesep} and \csref{extrarowsep}.
%   \item \csref{tabulinestyle}: user defined line style can now be used inside the optional argument of the \texttbf\textbar\M*[...]
%        preamble token.
%   \item \texttbf\textbar\M*[...] is now allowed in \cs{multicolumn} preamble inside \textt{tabu} environment.
%        (Disabled with the \hyperref[sec:light package option]{\textt{light} package option}.)
%   \item Bug fixed inside \cs{tabu@prepnexttok} (again !!! - a difficult case !)
%   \item Incompatibility of package \Xpackage{cellspace} with \textt{tabu spread} and \textt{tabu} with \label{cellspace limitations}
%        \refitem{item:Negativ width coefficients}[negativ coefficients] for \textt{X} columns with has been lifted. \\
%        However, as said in the documentation of package \xpackage{cellspace}, \textt{S} column modifier does not work
%        in the case of nested tabulars. \\
%        The \textt S column modifier becomes \textt C when the package \Xpackage{siunitx} is loaded
%        (see \xpackage{siunitx} documentation). \\
%        Moreover, \xpackage{cellspace} does not work with \xpackage{color} or \xpackage{xcolor} and paragraph column types !! \\
%        Finally, \xpackage{cellspace} redefines \cs{@startpbox} and \cs{@endpbox} and is therefore not fully compatible
%        with \xfile{array.sty} and therefore with \thispackage. \\
%        For all those reasons, \thispackage displays a warning to discourage the use of \xpackage{cellspace} with the
%        \textt{tabu} environment.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2011/01/15 v1.9}\HistLabel{1.9}
%   \item Bug in \csref{savetabu} when used inside \textt{longtabu}...
%   \item Bug when \textt{tabu} with \textt X column is nested inside \textt{lontabu}.
%   \item Documentation (\csref{rowfont} was missing in the \hyperref[Summary]{summary}).
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/12/28 v1.8}\HistLabel{1.8}
%   \item \csref{tracingtabu} / \hyperref[debugshow]{\textt{debugshow}} package option:\\
%           reporting of the time elapsed during trials (if \cs{pdfelapsedtime} and thus \hologo{pdfTeX} is available) \\
%           Slight modifications for better reporting on the \xext{log} file.
%   \item Fix a bug when \csref{savetabu} is used after \cs{multicolumn} (\cs{multicolumn} globally redefines \cs{@preamble}).
%   \item Fix a bug with \csref{tabucline} and \cs{CT@arc@} (\xpackage{colortbl}).
%   \item Better privacy of columns types specifically defined for \textt{tabu}.
%   \item Improvement in the rewritting process (but only very few people should notice...)
%   \item Documentation.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/12/18 v1.7}\HistLabel{1.7}
%   \item Code optimisation
%   \item Modification in the columns rewritting process (bug with some new column types defined by the user).
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/12/07 v1.5}\HistLabel{1.5}
%   \item Implementation of negativ width coefficients for \textt X columns (cf. \refitem{tabu X columns,2}[\nameref*{tabu X columns} point \ref]).
%   \item Columns natural widths computation (for \textt{tabu spread} with \textt X columns and negativ coefficients)
%         is based on the code of the \xpackage{varwidth} package by Donald Arseneau.
%   \item \textt{longtabu} is now provided, based on the \xpackage{longtable} package by David Carlisle. \\
%         \textt{longtabu} can be used just like \textt{tabu}.
%   \item Vertical lines can be used whatever the catcode of \textbf\textbar\ is.
%   \item \csref{savetabu} reports saved informations in the \xext{log} (\hyperref[debugshow]{\textt{debugshow}} option).
%   \item \cs{savetabu} ... \cs{usetabu} now restores the \cs{halign} preamble rather than the \textt{tabu} preamble! \\
%         \csref{preamble} can be use in the \textt{tabu} preamble to restore a \texttt{tabu} preamble.
%   \item \csref{tabucline} is more robust with ``special'' preambles containing\, \texttbf>\, or\, \texttbf<\, tokens. \\
%         \cs{tabucline} now takes care of \cs{arrayrulecolor} (package \xpackage{colortbl}).
%   \item \Xpackage{enumitem-zref} package has been added to the documentation (see the link \refitem{2010/12/07 v1.5,1}[point 1])
%   \item Optimisation of some parts of the code.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/22 v1.4}\HistLabel{1.4}
%   \item Compatibility improvement with \xpackage{linegoal} for the syntax: \\
%     \cs{begin}\M*{tabu}\textt{ to\cs{linegoal}}\M*{...}
%   \item Hyper footnotes now work correctly.
%   \item Fix a bug when using colored vertical lines in \textt{tabu} in math mode.
%   \item Fix a bug with vertical lines and \xpackage{colortbl} \cs{arrayrulecolor} specification.
%   \item Fix a compatibility bug with \xpackage{arydshln}: when nesting a tabular that use
%         vertical dashed lines (\xpackage{arydshln}) inside \textt{tabu spread} with \textt X columns.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/18 v1.3}\HistLabel{1.3}
%   \item Fix a bug that may appear in \cs{tabucline} depending on the preamble due to arbitrary \cs{countdef}.
%   \item Improvement in the use of \cs{everycr}: no \cs{global} stuff. Thus bug fixed when nesting \textt{tabu}
%         inside \hologo{AmS}-\textt{align} environment for example. Same issue with \cs{rowfont} which now works
%         without global modification of \cs{everycr}.
%   \item No phantom line is added to \textt{tabu} but a command \cs{tabuphantomline} is provided for this purpose
%        (required with \cs{multicolumn} in some cases).
%   \item Improvement on vertical alignment.
%   \item To do: an example file to test a wide range of possibilities...
%   \item Documentation.
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/11/15 v1.2}\HistLabel{1.2}
%   \item Improvement in parameters parsing for optional parameters (\textt\textbar\ and \cs{tabucline}).
%   \item Modification / optimization in \cs{tabu@prepnext@tok}.
%   \item Modification of \cs{tabucline} to get better results with \textt m columns (\textt{X[m]})
%         and also when \cs{minrowclearance} $>0$ (package \xpackage{colortbl}).
%   \end{Version}
%
%   \begin{Version}{2010/10/28 v1.1}\HistLabel{1.1}
%   \item First version.
%   \end{Version}
%
% \end{History}
%
%
% \PrintIndex
%
% \Finale